UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2018

 

OR

 

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from ______________ to ______________

 

Commission File Number 001-38213

 

ARCIMOTO, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Oregon   26-1449404
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)

 

2034 West 2 nd Avenue, Eugene, OR 97402

(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)

 

(541) 683-6293

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Name of each exchange of which registered
Common Stock, no par value   NASDAQ Capital Market

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  ☐  No  ☒ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to filed such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ☒  No  ☐  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).Yes  ☒  No  ☐  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:  

Large accelerated filer  ☐ Accelerated filer   ☐
Non-accelerated filer  ☒ Smaller reporting company   ☒
  Emerging growth company  ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  ☐  No  ☒ 

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2018 (based on the closing sale price of $4.26 per share on that date), was approximately $30,710,000. Common stock held by each officer and director and by each person known to the registrant who owned 10% or more of the outstanding common stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive determination for other purposes. 

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 29, 2019, was 16,338,765.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders currently scheduled to be held on May 11, 2019 are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof. 

 

 

 

 

Arcimoto, Inc.

 

FORM 10-K

For the Annual Period Ended December 31, 2018

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
PART I.    
     
Item 1. Business 2
Item 1A. Risk Factors 9
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 21
Item 2. Properties 22
Item 3. Legal Proceedings 22
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 22
     
PART II.    
     
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 23
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 23
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 23
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Risk 27
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 27
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures 27
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 28
Item 9B. Other Information 28
     
PART III.    
     
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 29
Item 11. Executive Compensation 29
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 29
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 29
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 29
     
PART IV    
     
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 30
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 30
     
SIGNATURES 32

 

i

 

 

PART I

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that express our intentions, beliefs, expectations, strategies, predictions or any other statements relating to our future activities or other future events or conditions. These statements are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our business based, in part, on assumptions made by management. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may, and are likely to, differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements due to numerous factors discussed from time to time in this report and in other documents which we file with the SEC. In addition, such statements could be affected by risks and uncertainties related to:

 

our ability to generate sufficient cash flow during the fourth quarter of 2019 to fund our capital expenditure requirements and continue operations;
   
our ability to identify financing sources in the short term on terms favorable to our Company;
   
our ability to manage the distribution channels for our products, including our ability to successfully implement our rental strategy, direct to consumer distribution strategy and any additional distribution strategies we may deem appropriate;
   
our ability to maintain quality control over our vehicles and avoid material vehicle recalls;
   
the number of reservations and cancellations for our vehicles and our ability to deliver on those reservations;
   
our ability to effectively execute our business plan and growth strategy;
   
unforeseen or recurring operational problems at our facility, or a catastrophic loss of our manufacturing facility;
   
our dependence on our suppliers;
   
the volatility of our stock price;
   
changes in consumer demand for, and acceptance of, our products;
   
overall strength and stability of general economic conditions and of the automotive industry more specifically, both in the United States and globally;
   
changes in the competitive environment, including adoption of technologies and products that compete with our products;
   
our ability to generate consistent revenues;
   
our ability to design, produce and market our vehicles;
   
our reliance on key personnel;
   
changes in the price of oil and electricity;
   
changes in laws or regulations governing our business and operations;
   
our ability to identify financing sources in the short term on terms favorable to our Company;
   
the number of reservations and cancellations for our vehicles and our ability to deliver on those reservations;
   
our ability to obtain and protect our existing intellectual property protections including patents;
   
changes in accounting principles, or their application or interpretation, and our ability to make estimates and the assumptions underlying the estimates, which could have an effect on earnings;
   
interest rates and the credit markets;
   
our ability to maintain our NASDAQ Capital Market listing;
   
costs and risks associated with litigation; and
   
other risks described from time to time in periodic and current reports that we file with the SEC.

 

The foregoing list does not contain all of the risks and uncertainties. Any forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made, and except as may be required under applicable securities laws; we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the filing date of this report

 

1  

 

 

Item 1. Business

 

Overview

 

Arcimoto’s mission is to catalyze the shift to a sustainable transportation system. Since our incorporation, we have been engaged primarily in the design, development and pre-production of ultra-efficient three-wheeled electric vehicles. Arcimoto was formed on November 21, 2007 as WTP Incorporated, an Oregon Corporation, and later changed its name to Arcimoto, Inc.

 

We went public in September 2017, following the conclusion of a Tier 2 Regulation A stock offering that netted $18.1 million, after offering costs. Our shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol ‘FUV.’

 

Thesis

 

Current automotive platforms are inefficient by design. Cars can weigh upwards of 4,000 lbs., take up on average almost 50 square feet of space on the road and when parked, and are way overcapacity for vast majority of daily transportation tasks– those involving one or two people, traveling a relatively short distance, with a relatively small amount of stuff.

 

Arcimoto develops and manufactures products tuned for the actual utility needs of everyday driving. By doing so, we aim to deliver meaningfully more efficient solutions to the market, at a fraction of the total cost of ownership of today’s cars.

 

Platform and Technologies

 

Arcimoto spent its first decade developing and refining eight generations of a new three-wheeled electric vehicle platform– a light-footprint, nimble reverse-trike architecture that features a low center of gravity for stability on the road, dual-motor front wheel drive for enhanced traction, can park three to a space while carrying two large adults comfortably, and is more efficient, by an order of magnitude, than today's cars.

 

Products

 

Arcimoto is currently developing three vehicle products based on the Arcimoto Platform: the Fun Utility Vehicle® (FUV®), the Rapid Responder™, and the Deliverator™. While intended to serve very different market segments, an estimated 90% of the constituent parts are the same between our three initial products.

 

Fun Utility Vehicle

 

Arcimoto’s flagship product is the Fun Utility Vehicle. The FUV delivers a thrilling ride experience, exceptional maneuverability, comfort for two passengers with gear, rockstar parking (three to a space), and ultra-efficient operation, all at an affordable price. Over time, we anticipate offering the FUV with several option packages to meet the needs of a variety of customers. As of December 31, 2018, we had 3,217 pre-orders for production FUVs, representing an increase of 983, or 44%, from the 2,234 pre-orders as of December 31, 2017. As of March 29, 2019, we had 3,883 pre-orders.

 

2  

 

  

Evergreen Edition

 

Arcimoto plans to enter the market with the Evergreen Edition FUV. We are leading with a consumer product, because we are a consumer-first brand. We believe individuals should be able to choose more efficient, more affordable, and lighter footprint mobility solutions, so that more of us can participate in the transition to sustainable transportation future.

 

We began taking non-refundable $5,000 reservation payments from our pre-order customers in Oregon, California, and Washington for our first Retail Series FUV offering, the Evergreen Edition, in February of 2019. The Evergreen Edition is priced at $19,900 with a set options package, targeted to begin production in Q2 2019. As of the end of Q1, we have confirmed reservations for our planned Q2 production capacity of 100 Evergreen Edition FUVs, and have begun taking reservations for Q3 production.

 

Rapid Responder

 

The Rapid Responder was announced on February 15, 2019. The pure-electric Rapid Responder is developed on the Arcimoto platform, and designed for specialized emergency, security and law enforcement services at a fraction of the cost and environmental impact of traditional combustion vehicles. The Rapid Responder aims to deliver first responders to incidents more quickly and affordably than traditional emergency response vehicles.

 

Initially targeting the 50,000 fire stations across the United States that use traditional fire engines and large automobiles to respond to calls, Arcimoto plans to market the Rapid Responder as a solution for campus security and law enforcement applications as well.

 

Arcimoto has agreed in principle to test the Rapid Responder in pilot programs with the City of Eugene, the Eugene-Springfield Fire Department, and the city of Eastvale, California. We anticipate that the first production Rapid Responders will be delivered in 2020.

 

Deliverator

 

Development of the Deliverator (“It Delivers!”) was officially announced on March 19, 2019 with the reveal of the first Deliverator prototype.

 

The Deliverator is a pure electric, last-mile delivery solution designed to more quickly, efficiently, and affordably get goods where they need to go. We plan for the Deliverator to be customizable to carry a wide array of products, from pizza, groceries and cold goods to the 65 billion parcels delivered worldwide annually.

 

We anticipate that the first production Deliverators will be delivered in 2020.

 

Autonomous Arcimoto

 

Our long term goal is to offer the market one of the lowest cost, most efficient “last mile” human and goods transport solutions for the robotically-driven world. Because the platform electronics are capable of taking drive, brake and steer commands “by wire,” we intend that our platform will provide a ready foundation for self-driving technology deployment.

 

Sales and Distribution Model

 

Arcimoto’s sales and distribution model is direct. Once we are in retail production, our customers will place vehicle orders on our website, and the vehicle product will be delivered directly to the end user via common carrier or our own delivery fleet.

 

We plan to deliver the initial Evergreen FUVs to customers in the three west coast states of Washington, Oregon and California. Once Retail Series production is underway, we plan to progress to nation-wide distribution.

 

3  

 

  

Rental Franchise Model

 

We plan to augment this direct web purchase process with small-footprint experience rental in select key markets. This rental model will give prospective customers a direct experience with the physical product before purchasing. Furthermore, this rental model is easily franchisable, giving individuals and small business owners the opportunity to operate their own rental location. Arcimoto has contracted a franchise consultant firm, and with their help has completed the Franchise Disclosure Document, allowing us to dialogue with interested parties.

 

On October 27, 2018, we opened our first customer experience and rental location in Eugene, Oregon and took possession of a second rental location in the Gaslamp District in San Diego, California. We used the Eugene rental facility primarily as a test bed for developing the rental operations. The Eugene rental facility allowed prospective customers to rent an FUV without the pressures typical of the traditional sales process. We learned a great deal from this short-term test that we believe will help us refine our rental operations in preparation for a planned reopening of the Eugene rental facility and launch of the San Diego rental operation after Retail FUV production has commenced.

 

Service and Warranty

 

We are pursuing three different models for service of the FUV:

 

Service-on-demand. Our initial model is on-demand and on-site vehicle service by Arcimoto technicians or Arcimoto-authorized technicians. Service-on-demand will likely be the primary model during our West Coast release as the majority of the vehicles will be geographically located relatively near the factory. We intend for customers to request service either through the Arcimoto mobile app or by calling a 24hr service number.

 

In-market partnership. We are currently reviewing potential partners located in our key distribution regions.

 

Retail facility service. We plan to employ Arcimoto service technicians at some of our rental locations. Customers near those rental locations would be able to deliver their vehicle to that location for service needs.

 

Warranty. We will begin recording warranty reserves with the commencement of Retail Series production of the FUV in the second quarter of 2019. We plan to provide a warranty, based on the warranty in effect at the time of purchase, which will generally include certain production powertrain components and battery pack sales. We plan to accrue warranty reserves at the time a vehicle or powertrain component is delivered to the customer. Warranty reserves will include management’s best estimate of the projected cost to repair or to replace any items under warranty, based on actual warranty experience as it becomes available and other known factors that may impact our evaluation of historical data. We will review our reserves quarterly to ensure that our accruals are adequate in meeting expected future warranty obligations, and we will adjust our estimates as needed. Warranty expense will be recorded as a component of cost of revenues in the statement of operations. The portion of the warranty provision which is expected to be incurred within 12 months from the balance sheet date will be classified as current, while the remaining amount will be classified as long-term liabilities.

 

Facility

 

In October 2017, we took possession of our new factory, the AMP, and immediately began retrofitting the space. In December 2017, all employees relocated to the new site and we began operations there. To make the new factory usable for our purposes, we updated the building with brighter energy efficient lighting, polished the production floor to improve cleanliness, painted to increase light levels, remodeled the employee facilities and commenced installation of the manufacturing equipment. The majority of our manufacturing equipment, key for reducing cost of most sheet and tube metal parts on the FUV, was in place by mid-2018. Further, we enclosed approximately 8,000 square feet of loading dock area at the AMP to create a well-organized materials space with four truck loading bays, improving inventory management.

 

4  

 

  

During the 4th quarter of 2018 we remodeled a 5,700 square foot inventory warehouse located across the street into useable office spaces and moved non-manufacturing personnel into these new offices in order to free up production space in the AMP.

 

Governmental Programs, Incentives and Regulations

 

Many governmental standards and regulations relating to safety, fuel economy, emissions control, noise control, vehicle recycling, substances of concern, vehicle damage, recall, and theft prevention are applicable to new motor vehicles, engines, and equipment manufactured for sale in the United States, Europe, and elsewhere. In addition, manufacturing and other vehicle assembly facilities in the United States, Europe, and elsewhere are subject to stringent standards regulating air emissions, water discharges, and the handling and disposal of hazardous substances. In addition, the regulations in this area are constantly evolving, especially with the entry of new vehicles into the market.

 

Some of the significant standards and regulations affecting Arcimoto are discussed below:

 

Motor Vehicle Safety

 

The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (the “NHTSA”) defines a motorcycle as “a motor vehicle with motive power having a seat or saddle for the use of the rider and designed to travel on not more than three wheels in contact with the ground.” In order for a manufacturer to sell motorcycles in the United States, the manufacturer has to self-certify to meet a certain set of regulatory requirements promulgated by the NHTSA in its Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

 

In 2018, Arcimoto developed an internal regulatory compliance team to ensure that the FUV production vehicles will meet Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards requirements for motorcycles.

 

Regulatory compliance and safety issues discovered during 2018 were filed in NHTSA recalls.

 

EPA certification

 

Although Arcimoto’s products are built on a zero emission vehicle platform, the EPA requires standard vehicle efficiency metrics be communicated to consumers, regardless of the vehicle’s drive train. Arcimoto plans to complete EPA efficiency testing in Q2, in order to meet the requirements for market entry of Arcimoto’s Evergreen FUV.

 

Electromagnetic Compatibility

 

The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) is the federal agency responsible for implementing and enforcing the communications law and regulations, including title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations, specifically Part 15, which regulates unlicensed radio-frequency transmissions, both intentional and unintentional. With very few exceptions, all electronics devices must be reviewed to comply with Part 15 before they can be advertised or sold in the US market. In 2018, Arcimoto developed an internal regulatory compliance team to ensure that the FUV production vehicles will meet these regulatory requirements. Arcimoto has successfully completed over 90% of all required electromagnetic compatibility testing and plans to complete this testing and demonstrate full compliance in Q2, in order to meet the requirements for market entry of Arcimoto’s Evergreen FUV.

 

Motor Vehicle Manufacturer and Dealer Regulation

 

As with helmet laws and driver license requirements, state laws that regulate the manufacture, distribution, and sale of motor vehicles are a patchwork, nationwide. Where Arcimoto is allowed by statute to be recognized as a dealer, Arcimoto plans to open its own retail distribution facilities or services. For customers living in states where Arcimoto is prohibited from selling directly from within the state, we plan to consummate sales at facilities in Oregon and deliver the vehicle to the end user via common carrier.

 

5  

 

  

Arcimoto is registered as a manufacturer in Oregon, and California, and as a dealer in Oregon and has applied for a dealer license in California.

 

Franchise Laws for Rental Operations

 

Arcimoto’s approach to in-market experience relies on prospective customers renting Fun Utility Vehicles. As such, we plan to open Company-owned sites, as well as offer independent franchise rental operations. We have prepared Franchise Disclosure Documentation, have approval in 30 states and have applications pending in 3 states for the ability to sell franchises within those states. We are currently approved for franchise sales in Florida, Rhode Island, Texas and all 27 non-registration states.

 

State Tax Credits

 

The state of Oregon passed a tax credit qualifying the Arcimoto for both a $2,500 tax credit for purchasing qualified electric vehicles and an additional $2,500 tax credit if the purchaser’s annual income is below a certain threshold. We anticipate that the state of California may offer a tax credit of $900 or more for the purchase of Arcimoto vehicles.

 

We will continue to advocate that state legislatures and regulators include Arcimoto’s affordable, ultra-efficient vehicles in their clean vehicle incentive programs.

 

Federal Tax Credits

 

Arcimoto is part of a coalition of U.S. electric motorcycle manufacturers who are encouraging the Federal government to extend the expired 10% electric motorcycle tax credit, and expand that credit to include three-wheeled electric motorcycles as well.

 

Operator’s License and Helmet Requirements

 

State regulations regarding operator licensing and occupant helmet requirements are currently a nationwide patchwork with regard to three-wheeled vehicles. While the strong majority of states have some form of exemption from helmet and motorcycle license requirements for three-wheeled vehicles, the specific wording of each state’s statute may or may not include Arcimoto platform vehicles. For example, in our initial market states of California and Oregon, three wheeled vehicles that are “fully enclosed” or “enclosed cab” are exempt from helmet and motorcycle endorsement requirements. Washington’s helmet law, by contrast, requires compliance with rollover safety regulations and the presence of a steering wheel to exempt riders.

 

Arcimoto’s advocacy strategy is to work with state legislatures to advocate the normalization of these rules to reduce consumer confusion in the marketplace that comes from conflicting state-by-state regulations.

 

Pollution Control Costs

 

We are required to comply with stationary source air pollution, water pollution, and hazardous waste control standards that are now in effect or are scheduled to come into effect with respect to our manufacturing operations.

 

6  

 

  

Intellectual Property

 

Patents

 

Our policy is to protect our competitive position by, among other methods, filing patent applications to protect technology and improvements that we consider important to the development of our business. We have generated several patents and expect this portfolio to continue to grow as we actively pursue additional technological innovation. As of December 31, 2018, we have five issued utility patents, including three patents covering novel aspects of the vehicle architecture expiring in 2031 and 2035, one patent covering a vehicle battery system expiring in 2035, and one patent covering Arcimoto’s novel dual-motor gearbox design expiring in 2035. The USPTO sent us a Notice of Allowance for a fourth utility patent covering the advances made to the platform through the current model FUV and expiring in 2035. We filed an additional non-provisional utility patent application covering advances in the dual-motor gearbox. We expect that the U.S. Patent Office will issue at least two additional patents in the first half of 2019 relating to improvements in battery systems and vehicle powertrains. At present, Arcimoto has three additional patent applications undergoing examination that relate to a diverse range of vehicle systems, including electrical, powertrain, and the overall vehicle platform.

 

In addition to this intellectual property, we also rely on our proprietary knowledge and ongoing technological innovation to develop a competitive position in the market for our products. Each of these patents, patent applications, and know-how are integral to the conduct of our business, the loss of any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

Trademarks

 

We own several trademarks that contribute to the identity and recognition of Arcimoto and its products. Certain of these marks are integral to the conduct of our business, a loss of any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We have registered the following with the United States Patent and Trademark Office:

 

“The Everyday Electric” (mark consisting of standard characters without claim to any particular font, style, size or color) - registered on October 23, 2012, Registration number 4230594

 

“SRK” (mark consisting of standard characters without claim to any particular font, style, size or color) - registered on July 16, 2013, Registration number: 4369026

 

“ARCIMOTO” (mark consisting of standard characters without claim to any particular font, style, size or color) - registered on May 15, 2018, Registration number: 5467285

 

“FUV” (mark consisting of standard characters without claim to any particular font, style, size or color) - registration applied for, no conflicting marks noted on office action received. Registration Number: 87166994. Statement of Use filed on August 31, 2017.

 

“Fun Utility Vehicle” (mark consisting of standard characters without claim to any particular font, style, size or color) - registration applied for, no conflicting marks noted on office action received. Registration Number: 87260318. Statement of Use filed on August 31, 2017.

 

Segment Information

 

We operate as one reportable segment which is the design, development, manufacturing and sales of electric vehicles.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2018, we had 67 full-time employees and 3 part-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we consider our current relations with our employees to be good.

 

Geographic Areas

 

We operate solely in the United States. As such, we held substantially all our assets and generated all our revenue in the United States during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.

 

7  

 

  

Corporate Information

 

We were originally formed on November 21, 2007 as WTP Incorporated, an Oregon Corporation. On December 29, 2011, we changed our name to Arcimoto, Inc. Our principal executive offices are located at 2034 West 2nd Ave., Eugene, Oregon 97402, and our phone number is (541) 683-6293. Our website address is www.arcimoto.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this report.

 

Executive Officers

 

The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers as of March 29, 2019:

 

Name   Age   Position
Mark Frohnmayer   44   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
Douglas M. Campoli   55   Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
Terry Becker   58   Chief Operating Officer and Director

 

Mark Frohnmayer - President , Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

Mark Frohnmayer has been our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our board of directors since our founding in November 2007. Previously, he was one of the founders of GarageGames.com, Inc., a software development company successfully sold to IAC, Inc. in 2007. Mr. Frohnmayer holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from UC Berkeley.

 

Douglas M. Campoli - Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

 

Douglas M. Campoli has been our Chief Financial Officer since June 2015. Prior to joining Arcimoto, he was the Founder of Strategic Financial Consulting from February 2013 to June 2015, providing financial consulting services for startup and existing businesses. From September 2012 to September 2013, Mr. Campoli was Chief Financial Officer of ManaFuel, bringing energy independence to Pacific Island Nations. From May 2007 to February 2011, he was Chief Financial Officer of GarageGames.com, Inc. From 2004 to May 2007, Mr. Campoli was Chief Financial Officer of SeQuential Biofuels, Inc. Prior to 2004, he held various financial positions at Genuity Inc. (previously GTE Internetworking) and AT&T Paradyne Corp. Mr. Campoli holds a B.S. in Business and Finance from the University of South Florida and an M.B.A. with a concentration in Finance from the University of Tampa.

 

Terry Becker - Chief Operating Officer and Director

 

Terry Becker has been a director since May 2015 and Chief Operating Officer since September 2017. From February 2014 to September 2017, Mr. Becker was Director of Engineering and Global Product Support at Peterson Pacific Corporation. Prior to that, from October 2012 to February 2014, Mr. Becker worked at Arcimoto as its Engineering, Manufacturing and Operations Manager. From December 2008 to September 2012, Mr. Becker was the Deputy Director of Operations for an AeroTech segment of John Bean Technologies Corporation. Mr. Becker holds an A.S. degree in engineering physics from Loma Linda University and a B.S.in Mechanical Engineering from Walla Walla University.

 

8  

 

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Investors should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks were to materialize, our business, financial condition, results of operations, and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline and investors could lose part or all of their investment in our common stock.

 

The notes to our financials for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 include an explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt as to our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

The notes accompanying our December 31, 2018 and 2017 audited financial statements contain an explanatory paragraph expressing substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been prepared “assuming that we will continue as a going concern.” Our ability to continue as a going concern is dependent on raising additional capital to fund our operations and ultimately on generating future profitable operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise sufficient additional capital or eventually have positive cash flow from operations to address all of our cash flow needs. If we are not able to find alternative sources of cash, or generate positive cash flow from operations, our operations business and shareholders may be materially and adversely affected.

 

We are an early stage company and have not yet generated significant revenues.

 

We have incurred a net loss in each year since our inception, have eleven years of operating history and have generated limited revenues since inception. Our limited operating history makes evaluating our business and future prospects difficult and may increase the risk of your investment. Arcimoto was founded in 2007, and we have only recently started final regulatory testing of our vehicles. We do not expect to start small scale Retail Series production of the FUVs until the second quarter of 2019. Our vehicle requires significant investment prior to commercial introduction and may never be commercially successful.

 

Customer financing and insuring our vehicles may prove difficult because retail lenders are unfamiliar with our vehicles and the vehicles do not have a loss history in the insurance industry.

 

Retail lenders are unfamiliar with our vehicles and may be hesitant to provide financing to our customers. Our vehicles do not have a loss history in the insurance industry which may cause our customers difficulty in securing insurance coverage. The lack of loss history has been a factor in the Company’s inability to secure Supplemental Liability Insurance for our rental customers.

 

Unforeseen or recurring operational problems at our facility, or a catastrophic loss of our manufacturing facility, may cause significant lost or delayed production and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

Our manufacturing process could be affected by operational problems that could impair our production capability and the timeframes within which we expect to produce our vehicles. Our manufacturing facility contains high cost and sophisticated machines that are used in our manufacturing process. Disruptions or shut downs at our facility could be caused by:

 

maintenance outages to conduct maintenance activities that cannot be performed safely during operations;

 

prolonged power failures or reductions;

 

breakdown, failure or substandard performance of any of our machines or other equipment;

 

noncompliance with, and liabilities related to, environmental requirements or permits;

 

disruptions in the transportation infrastructure, including railroad tracks, bridges, tunnels or roads;

 

fires, floods, snow or ice storms, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, microbursts or other catastrophic disasters, national emergencies, political unrest, war or terrorist activities; or

 

other operational problems.

 

If our manufacturing facility is compromised or shut down, it may experience prolonged startup periods, regardless of the reason for the compromise or shutdown. Those startup periods could range from several days to several weeks or longer, depending on the reason for the compromise or shutdown and other factors. Any disruption in operations at our facility could cause a significant loss of production, delays in our ability to produce our vehicles and adversely affect our results of operations and negatively impact our customers. Further, a catastrophic event could result in the loss of the use of all or a portion of our manufacturing facility. Although we carry property insurance, our coverage may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur. Any of these events individually or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

We may not be able to obtain adequate financing to continue our operations.

 

The design, manufacture, sale and servicing of vehicles is a capital-intensive business. At December 31, 2018, our working capital was approximately $3,754,000, a decrease of approximately $9,594,000 from the comparable period in 2017. We have previously raised funds through equity investment, convertible and non-convertible notes to meet our cash needs, but there is no guarantee that we will be able to raise enough additional capital in the short term to meet our ongoing cash requirements. Our need to raise additional funds to sustain operations and reach our vehicle production goals is dependent on how quickly we can secure financing and reduce the cost of our vehicles. We may raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity-related, or debt securities or through obtaining credit from government or financial institutions. We cannot assure anyone that we will be able to raise additional funds when needed. We cannot be certain that additional funds will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we cannot raise additional funds when we need them, we will be unable to continue operations.

 

9  

 

 

We may not have an adequate number of shares of common stock authorized to enable us to complete future equity financing transactions, which may adversely affect our ability to raise the capital necessary to continue operations.

 

We are authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 15,032,341 shares were outstanding on December 31, 2018. At December 31, 2018, we had reserved 3,348,988 shares of common stock for issuance upon exercise of our outstanding options and warrants. In addition, at such date, we had 467,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan, 130,521 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Stock Incentive Plan, and 11,996 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our Amended and Restated 2012 Employee Stock Benefit Plan. If all of these securities were exercised, the total number of shares of our common stock that we would be required to issue would be 3,962,839, which in addition to the 15,032,341 shares outstanding, would leave 1,004,820 authorized but unissued shares of common stock.

 

As a result of our limited number of authorized and unissued shares of common stock, we may have insufficient shares of common stock available to issue in connection with any future equity financing transactions we may seek to undertake. Until we increase the number of authorized shares available for issuance, we may not be able to raise additional capital, which may adversely affect our ability to continue operations.

 

If we are unable to effectively implement or manage our developing growth strategy, our operating results and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

 

As part of our developing growth strategy, we may modify our distribution channels and engage in strategic transactions with third parties to open rental locations, or open new retail, manufacturing, research or engineering facilities, expand our existing facility, add additional product lines or expand our businesses into new geographical markets. For example, we opened our first customer experience and rental location in Eugene, Oregon in October 2018. We used this location primarily as a test bed for developing the rental operations. We plan to reopen this location and possibly a second rental location in San Diego, California when retail production ramps up. Rental operations are an untested business model for us. There is a range of risks inherent in such a strategy that could adversely affect our ability to successfully achieve these objectives, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

our inability to pay the leasing costs associated with our rental facilities in the near term;

 

the potential failure to successfully operate rental locations (including the inability to obtain sufficient types and amounts of insurance (e.g., customer supplemental liability) that would allow the rental industry to develop) or integrate a rental vehicle business into our existing infrastructure;

 

an inability to attract and retain the customers, employees, suppliers and/or marketing partners of a rental business;

 

the uncertainty that we may not be able to generate, anticipate or meet consumer demand;

 

the potential disruption of our business;

 

the increased scope and complexity of our operations could require significant attention from management and impose constraints on our operations or other projects;

 

inconsistencies between our standards, procedures and policies and those of new rental facilities and costs or inefficiencies associated with the integration of our operational and administrative systems if necessary;

 

unforeseen expenses, delays or conditions, including the potential for increased regulatory compliance or other third-party approvals or consents, or provisions in contracts with third parties that could limit our flexibility to take certain actions;

 

the costs of compliance with local laws and regulations and the implementation of compliance processes, as well as the assumption of unexpected labilities, litigation, penalties or other enforcement actions;

 

10  

 

 

the uncertainty that new product lines will generate anticipated sales;

 

the uncertainty that new rental or retail businesses will achieve anticipated operating results;

 

our cost reduction efforts might not be successful;

 

the difficulty of managing the operations of a larger company; and

 

the difficulty of competing for growth opportunities with companies having greater financial resources than we have.

 

Any one of these factors could impair our growth strategy, result in delays, increased costs or decreases in the amount of expected revenues derived from our growth strategy and could adversely impact our prospects, business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could adversely affect our business.

 

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers and other employees. We also rely on our leadership team in the areas of finance, research and development, marketing, services, and general and administrative functions, and on mission-critical individual contributors in sales and research and development. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business.

 

None of our key employees is bound by an employment agreement for any specific term and we may not be able to successfully attract and retain senior leadership necessary to grow our business. Our future success depends upon our ability to attract and retain executive officers and other key technology, sales, marketing, engineering, manufacturing and support personnel and any failure to do so could adversely impact our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

 

To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must attract and retain highly skilled personnel. Competition is intense for sales people and for engineers with high levels of experience in designing and developing electric vehicles. The pool of qualified personnel with engineering or manufacturing experience and/or experience working with the electric vehicle market is limited overall and specifically in Eugene, Oregon, where our principal office is located. In addition, many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have and are located in metropolitan areas that may attract more qualified workers.

 

In addition, in making employment decisions, particularly in high-technology industries, job candidates often consider the value of the equity awards they are to receive in connection with their employment. Volatility in the price of our stock might, therefore, adversely affect our ability to attract or retain highly skilled personnel. Furthermore, the requirement to expense certain stock awards might discourage us from granting the size or type of stock awards that job candidates require to join us. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects could be severely harmed.

 

Recent political trends in the United States have created new uncertainty regarding the continuation of the ATVMLP.

 

Recent announcements regarding budgeting and appropriations from the federal government have created uncertainty regarding whether the Advanced Technology Vehicles Manufacturing Loan Program (the “ATVMLP”) will continue to exist in its current form. We intend to submit an application to the ATVMLP in the second half of 2019. The ATVMLP program provides for low-cost loans that can be used to reequip, expand, or establish manufacturing facilities for advanced technology vehicles in the United States. There is no guarantee that we would receive such a loan and are not dependent on receiving such a loan. If we do not receive financing under the ATVMLP, we may be required to seek financing from other sources at terms that are not as favorable to us.

 

11  

 

 

Future disruptive new technologies could have a negative effect on our business.

 

We are subject to the risk of future disruptive technologies. If new vehicle technologies (electric or otherwise) develop that are superior to our vehicles, or are perceived to be superior by consumers, it could have a material adverse effect on us.

 

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, and we may not be successful in competing in these industries. We currently face competition from new and established domestic and international competitors and expect to face competition from others in the future, including competition from companies with new technology.

 

The worldwide vehicle market, particularly for alternative fuel vehicles, is highly competitive today and we expect it will become even more so in the future. There is no assurance that our vehicles will be successful in the respective markets in which they compete. Many established automobile manufacturers such as Audi, BMW, Daimler, General Motors, Tesla, Toyota and Volvo, as well as other newer companies such as Elio, Sondors and Electra Meccanica, have entered or are reported to have plans to enter the alternative fuel vehicle market, including hybrid, plug-in hybrid and fully electric vehicles. In some cases, such competitors have announced an intention to produce electric vehicles exclusively now or at some point in the future. Most of our current and potential competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, vehicle sales networks and other resources than we do and may be able to devote greater resources to the design, development, manufacturing, distribution, promotion, sale and support of their products. Increased competition could result in lower vehicle unit sales, price reductions, revenue shortfalls, loss of customers and loss of market share, which could harm our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results. Additionally, industry overcapacity has resulted in many manufacturers offering marketing incentives on vehicles in an attempt to maintain and grow market share; these incentives historically have included a combination of subsidized financing or leasing programs, price rebates, and other incentives. As a result, we are not necessarily able to set our prices to offset higher costs. Continuation of or increased excess capacity could have a substantial adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our success is dependent upon consumers’ willingness to adopt three-wheeled, tandem-seated two-passenger vehicles.

 

If we cannot develop sufficient market demand for three-wheeled vehicles, we will not be successful. Factors that may influence the acceptance of three-wheeled vehicles include:

 

perceptions about three-wheeled vehicles’ comfort, quality, safety, design, performance and cost;
   
the availability of alternative fuel vehicles, including plug-in hybrid electric and all-electric vehicles;
   
improvements in the fuel economy and cost of service of the internal combustion engine;

 

uncertainties regarding insurance coverages for the vehicles

 

the environmental consciousness of consumers;
   
volatility in the cost of oil and gasoline; and
   
government regulations and economic incentives promoting fuel efficiency and alternate forms of transportation.

 

We may experience lower-than-anticipated market acceptance of our vehicles.

 

Although we have conducted some market research regarding our electric vehicles and accumulated 3,217 pre-order reservation deposits as of December 31, 2018, many factors both within and outside our control, affect the success of new vehicles in the marketplace. At this time, it is difficult to measure consumers’ willingness to adopt electric vehicles as a mode of transportation, particularly three-wheeled electric vehicles. Offering fuel-efficient vehicles that consumers want and value can mitigate the risks of increasing price competition and declining demand, but vehicles that are perceived to be less desirable (whether in terms of price, quality, styling, safety, overall value, or other attributes) can exacerbate these risks. For example, if a new vehicle were to experience quality issues at the time of launch, the vehicle’s perceived quality could be affected even after the issues had been corrected, resulting in lower than anticipated sales volumes, market share, and profitability. Moreover, if a new vehicle is not accepted by consumers based on size, styling, or other attributes, we would experience lower than anticipated sales volumes, market share, and profitability.

 

Our distribution model may result in lower sales volumes.

 

Our present distribution model is different from the distribution models used by other vehicle manufacturers, except for Tesla Motors. Like Tesla, we plan to sell vehicles directly to our customers over the internet or via Arcimoto-owned retail stores, rather than through traditional dealer franchises. This direct sales model may result in lower sales due to customer reluctance to rely on web-based vehicle purchasing. We are unable to evaluate the effectiveness of our present distribution model and it may result in lower or higher sales volumes, market share, and profitability.

 

12  

 

 

Additionally, we may not be able to sell our vehicles through this sales model in each state in the United States as some states have laws that may be interpreted to impose limitations on the direct-to-consumer sales of our vehicles. The application of these state laws to our operations is difficult to predict. Laws in some states will limit our ability to obtain dealer licenses from state motor vehicle regulators and may continue to do so in the future.

 

In addition, decisions by regulators permitting us to sell vehicles may be subject to challenges by dealer associations and others as to whether such decisions comply with applicable state motor vehicle industry laws. In similar circumstances, Tesla has prevailed in many of these lawsuits and such results reinforce our continuing belief that state laws were not designed to prevent our distribution model. In some states, there have also been regulatory and legislative efforts by vehicle dealer associations to propose bills and regulations that, if enacted, would prevent us from obtaining dealer licenses in their states given our current sales model. A few states have passed legislation that clarifies our ability to operate, but at the same time limits the number of dealer licenses we can obtain or stores that we can operate. Tesla has also filed a lawsuit in federal court in Michigan challenging the constitutionality of the state’s prohibition on direct sales as applied to its business which has a similar distribution model to our business.

 

Internationally, there may be laws of which we are unaware of in jurisdictions we wish to enter that may restrict our sales or other business practices. Even for those jurisdictions we have analyzed, the laws in this area can be complex, difficult to interpret and may change over time.

 

The discovery of defects in vehicles resulting in delays in new model launches, recall campaigns, reputational damage, or increased warranty costs may negatively affect our business.

 

Meeting or exceeding many government-mandated safety standards is costly and often technologically challenging. Government safety standards also require manufacturers to remedy defects related to vehicle safety through safety recall campaigns, and a manufacturer is obligated to recall vehicles if it determines that the vehicles do not comply with a safety standard. Should we or government safety regulators determine that a safety or other defect or a noncompliance exists with respect to certain of our vehicles prior to the start of production, the launch of such vehicle could be delayed until such defect is remedied. The costs associated with any protracted delay in new product launches necessary to remedy such defects, or the cost of recall campaigns or warranty costs to remedy such defects in vehicles that have been sold, could be substantial. Further, adverse publicity surrounding actual or alleged safety-related or other defects could damage our reputation and adversely affect sales of our vehicles.

 

We are dependent on our suppliers, the majority of which are single source suppliers, and the inability of these suppliers to deliver necessary components of our products in a timely manner at prices, quality levels, and volumes acceptable to us, or our inability to efficiently manage these components, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

 

Our products contain numerous purchased parts which we source globally from multiple direct suppliers, the majority of whom are currently single source suppliers. Any significant unanticipated demand or delays with our suppliers could require us to procure additional components in a short amount of time, and in the past we have also replaced certain suppliers because of their failure to provide components that met our quality control standards. There is no assurance that we will be able to secure additional or alternative sources of supply or develop our own replacements for certain highly customized components of our products. If we encounter unexpected difficulties or delays with key suppliers, and if we are unable to fill these needs from other suppliers, we could experience production delays and potential loss of access to important technology and parts for producing, servicing and supporting our products.

 

There is no assurance that suppliers will ultimately be able to meet our cost, quality and volume needs. Furthermore, as the scale of our vehicle production increases, we will need to accurately forecast, purchase, warehouse and transport to our manufacturing facilities components at much higher volumes than we have experience with. If we are unable to accurately match the timing and quantities of component purchases to our actual production plans or capabilities, or successfully implement automation, inventory management and other systems to accommodate the increased complexity in our supply chain, we may have to incur unexpected storage, transportation and write-off costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

 

13  

 

 

We may be unable to accurately forecast our vehicle delivery needs, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Arcimoto plans to deliver vehicles to Oregon, Washington, and California via its internal transportation resources, primarily trucks and trailers. However, we anticipate that we will reach a point when utilizing a third party common carrier for vehicle deliveries will become a necessity. Because of the significant investment in equipment and management to implement a third party common carrier vehicle delivery plan, it will be important to accurately forecast vehicle delivery volumes in advance. It will be difficult to predict, especially months in advance, when our vehicle delivery volumes and geographic expansion will require using a third party common carrier for vehicle deliveries and if we miscalculate this timing, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Failure to maintain the strength and value of our brand could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our success depends, in part, on the value and strength of our brand. Maintaining, enhancing, promoting and positioning our brand, particularly in new markets where we have limited brand recognition, will depend largely on the success of our marketing and merchandising efforts and our ability to provide high-quality services, warranty plans, products and resources and a consistent, high-quality customer experience. Our brand could be adversely affected if we fail to achieve these objectives, if we fail to comply with laws and regulations, if we are subject to publicized litigation or if our public image or reputation were to be tarnished by negative publicity. Some of these risks may be beyond our ability to control, such as the effects of negative publicity regarding our suppliers or third party providers of services or negative publicity related to members of management. Any of these events could hurt our image, resulting in reduced demand for our products and a decrease in net sales. Further, maintaining, enhancing, promoting and positioning our brands’ images may require us to make substantial investments in marketing and employee training, which could adversely affect our cash flow and which may ultimately be unsuccessful. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We will be almost entirely dependent upon revenue generated from one product in the near-term, and our future success will be dependent upon our ability to design and achieve market acceptance of new vehicle models.

 

We currently have planned only one vehicle platform that can accept multiple models, which will be available with an open sided base model with options for doors, air conditioning, extended battery range and other options. In the near term, our revenues will be almost completely dependent on revenue generated from sales of the FUV vehicle, with some additional revenue coming from customization options and maintenance servicing. There can be no assurance that we will be able to design future models of vehicles, or develop future services, that will meet the expectations of our customers, or that our future models will become commercially viable.

 

In addition, historically, automobile customers have come to expect new and improved vehicle models to be introduced frequently. In order to meet these expectations, we may in the future be required to introduce on a regular basis new vehicle models as well as enhanced versions of existing vehicle models. As technologies change in the future for automobiles, we will be expected to upgrade or adapt our vehicles and introduce new models in order to continue to provide vehicles with the latest technology. We have limited experience simultaneously designing, testing, manufacturing and selling vehicles. To date, we have focused our business on the development of a low-cost and high efficiency vehicle and have targeted a relatively narrow consumer group. We will need to address additional markets and expand our customer demographic to further grow our business. Our failure to address additional market opportunities could materially harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

 

We have experienced in the past, and may experience in the future, significant delays or other complications in the design, manufacture, launch and production ramp of our vehicle, which could harm our brand, business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

 

Having experienced past delays or complications suggests that we may experience future launch, manufacturing and production ramp delays or other complications in connection with our vehicles. For example, we may underestimate the amount of time necessary for regulatory testing and design changes or design changes necessary for automated production like robotic welding which would delay the production of our vehicles. While we continue to make progress resolving such early issues, it is difficult to predict exactly how long it will take for all issues to be cleared or when further issues may arise. Any significant additional delay or other complication in the production of our vehicles or the development, manufacture, launch and production ramp of our future products, including complications associated with expanding our production capacity, supply chain or regulatory approvals, could materially damage our brand, business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.

 

14  

 

 

Developments and improvements in alternative technologies such as hybrid engine or full electric vehicles or in the internal combustion engine or continued low retail gasoline prices may materially and adversely affect the demand for our three-wheeled vehicles.

 

Significant developments in alternative technologies, such as advanced diesel, ethanol, fuel cells or compressed natural gas, or improvements in the fuel economy of the internal combustion engine, may materially and adversely affect our business and prospects in ways that we do not currently anticipate. If alternative energy engines or low gasoline prices make existing four-wheeled vehicles with greater passenger and cargo capacities less expensive to operate, we may not be able to compete with manufacturers of such vehicles.

 

Legal, Regulatory and Litigation Risks 

 

Increased safety, emissions, fuel economy, or other regulations may result in higher costs, cash expenditures, and/or sales restrictions.

 

The motorized vehicle industry is governed by a substantial amount of government regulation, which often differs by state and region. Government regulation has arisen, and proposals for additional regulation are advanced, primarily out of concern for the environment, vehicle safety, and energy independence. In addition, many governments regulate local product content and/or impose import requirements as a means of creating jobs, protecting domestic producers, and influencing the balance of payments. The cost to comply with existing government regulations is substantial, and future, additional regulations could have a substantial adverse impact on our financial condition.

 

Unusual or significant litigation, governmental investigations or adverse publicity arising out of alleged defects in our vehicles, or otherwise may derail our business.

 

Although we plan to comply with governmental safety regulations, mobile and stationary source emissions regulations, and other standards, compliance with governmental standards, does not necessarily prevent individual or class action lawsuits, which can entail significant cost and risk. In certain circumstances, courts may permit tort claims even when our vehicles comply with federal law and/or other applicable law. Furthermore, simply responding to actual or threatened litigation or government investigations of our compliance with regulatory standards, whether related to our vehicles or business or commercial relationships, may require significant expenditures of time and other resources. Litigation also is inherently uncertain, and we could experience significant adverse results if litigation is ever brought against us. In addition, adverse publicity surrounding an allegation of a defect, regulatory violation or other matter (with or without corresponding litigation or governmental investigation) may cause significant reputational harm that could have a significant adverse effect on our sales.

 

We may become subject to product liability claims, which could harm our financial condition and liquidity if we are not able to successfully defend or insure against such claims.

 

We may become subject to product liability claims, which could harm our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. The motor vehicle industry experiences significant product liability claims and we face an inherent risk of exposure to claims in the event our vehicles do not perform as expected or malfunction resulting in personal injury or death. A successful product liability claim against us could require us to pay a substantial monetary award. Moreover, a product liability claim could generate substantial negative publicity about our vehicles and business and inhibit or prevent commercialization of other future vehicle candidates, which could have material adverse effect on our brand, business, prospects and operating results. Any lawsuit seeking significant monetary damages either in excess of our liability coverage, or outside of our coverage, may have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business and financial condition. We may not be able to secure product liability insurance coverage on commercially acceptable terms or at reasonable costs when needed, particularly if we do face liability for our products and are forced to make a claim under our policy.

 

15  

 

 

Limited intellectual property protection may cause us to lose our competitive advantage and adversely affect our business.

 

We have been granted three utility patents, have been issued a Notice of Allowance on a fourth, and have filed four additional non-provisional utility patent applications that are currently pending. These patent applications and/or any patent applications we may file in the future may not be successful. To date, we have relied on copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect intellectual property rights to our technologies and vehicles. We typically enter into confidentiality or license agreements with employees, consultants, consumers and vendors in an effort to control access to and distribution of technology, software, documentation and other information. Policing unauthorized use of this technology is difficult and the steps taken may not prevent misappropriation of the technology. In addition, effective protection may be unavailable or limited in some jurisdictions outside the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or protect our rights or to determine the validity and scope of the rights of others. Such litigation could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert resources away from daily business, which in turn could materially adversely affect the business.

 

Our failure to obtain or maintain the right to use certain intellectual property may negatively affect our business.

 

Our future success and competitive position depends in part upon our ability to obtain or maintain certain proprietary intellectual property used in our principal products. This may be achieved, in part, by prosecuting claims against others who we believe are infringing our rights and by defending claims of intellectual property infringement brought by others. In the future we may commence lawsuits against others if we believe they have infringed our rights, or we may become subject to lawsuits alleging that we have infringed the intellectual property rights of others. For example, to the extent that we have previously incorporated third-party technology and/or know-how into certain products for which we do not have sufficient license rights, we could incur substantial litigation costs, be forced to pay substantial damages or royalties, or even be forced to cease sales in the event any owner of such technology or know-how were to challenge our subsequent sale of such products (and any progeny thereof). In addition, to the extent that we discover or have discovered third-party patents that may be applicable to products or processes in development, we may need to take steps to avoid claims of possible infringement, including obtaining non-infringement or invalidity opinions and, when necessary, re-designing or re-engineering products. However, we cannot assure you that these precautions will allow us to successfully avoid infringement claims. Our involvement in intellectual property litigation could result in significant expense to us, adversely affect the development of sales of the challenged product or intellectual property and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, whether or not such litigation is resolved in our favor. In the event of an adverse outcome in any such litigation, we may, among other things, be required to:

 

pay substantial damages;

 

cease the development, manufacture, use, sale or importation of products that infringe upon other patented intellectual property;

 

expend significant resources to develop or acquire non-infringing intellectual property;

 

discontinue processes incorporating infringing technology; or

 

obtain licenses to the infringing intellectual property.

 

We may be affected by uncertainty over government purchase incentives .

 

Our vehicle cost thesis strongly benefits from purchase incentives at the state and national government levels. The existence or lack of tax incentives will affect the adoption velocity of our products in the marketplace. An inability to take advantage of tax incentives may negatively affect our revenues.

 

Motor vehicles, like those produced by Arcimoto, are highly regulated and are subject to regulatory changes.

 

We are aware that the National Highway Transportation Safety Administration is reviewing whether to adopt new safety regulations pertaining to three-wheeled motor vehicles. Currently, United States motorcycle regulations apply to such vehicles. New regulations could impact the design of our vehicles and our ability to produce vehicles, possibly negatively affecting our financial results. Additionally, state level regulations are inconsistent with regard to whether a helmet is required to operate an Arcimoto vehicle. Sales may be negatively impacted should any state alter its requirements with regard to customer use of helmets.

 

16  

 

 

Risks Related to our Common Stock

 

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price at which you purchase it.

 

The stock market generally, and our stock in particular, has experienced price and volume fluctuations. As a result of this volatility, you might not be able to sell your common stock at or above the price at which you purchase it. The public market for our stock is new. From our Regulation A Offering on September 21, 2017 through December 31, 2018, the per share trading price of our common stock has been as high as $6.35 and as low as $1.55. It might continue to fluctuate significantly in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include:

 

changes to the electric car industry, including demand and regulations;

 

our ability to compete successfully against current and future competitors;

 

competitive pricing pressures;

 

our ability to obtain working capital financing;

 

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

sales of our common stock;

 

our ability to execute our growth strategy;

 

operating results that fall below expectations;

 

loss of any strategic relationship;

 

regulatory developments; and

 

economic and other external factors.

 

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These fluctuations might be even more pronounced in the new trading market for our stock. Additionally, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the overall market and in the market price of a company’s securities. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs, divert our management’s attention and resources, and harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. On March 11, 2018, we were served with a Summons Notice of case number: CGC-18-564904 John R Switzer vs W.R. Hambrecht & Co. LLC ET All including Arcimoto, Inc., its officers and directors. On March 28, 2018, we were served with another lawsuit entitled Jay Mendelson v. Arcimoto, Inc. et al., case number CGC-18-565324. Please see “Part I. Item 3, Legal Proceedings” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.

 

We may not be able to satisfy listing requirements of the NASDAQ Capital Market to maintain a listing of our common stock.

 

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market and we must meet certain financial, liquidity and governance criteria to maintain such listing. If we fail to meet any of NASDAQ Capital Market’s listing standards, our common stock may be delisted. In addition, our board of directors may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such listing. A delisting of our common stock from the NASDAQ Capital Market may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common stock. In addition, the delisting of our common stock could significantly impair our ability to raise capital.

 

17  

 

 

As a smaller reporting company and as an emerging growth company, we are exempt from certain disclosure requirements, which could make our common stock less attractive to potential investors.

 

We currently and for the foreseeable future expect to be categized as a “smaller reporting company” and an “emerging growth company” under the U.S. federal securities laws.

 

As a smaller reporting company, we are exempt from certain disclosure requirements under those laws. For example, we are not required and may not include a Compensation Discussion and Analysis section in our proxy statements; we provide only two years of financial statements; we do not need to provide the table of selected financial data; and are not required to comply with Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires our registered public accounting firm to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. As an emerging growth company, there are exemptions from reporting requirements similar to those applicable to a smaller reporting company. These and certain other “scaled” disclosure provisions under SEC rules for smaller reporting companies and emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to potential investors, which could make it more difficult for our stockholders to sell their shares.

 

Because of our status as a smaller reporting company and an emerging growth company, you will not be able to depend on any attestation from our independent registered public accounting firm as to our internal control over financial reporting for the foreseeable future.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the Commission, the date we are no longer an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act or the date we no longer qualify as a smaller reporting company. Accordingly, you will not be able to depend on any attestation concerning our internal control over financial reporting from our independent registered public accounting firm for the foreseeable future.

 

We have not yet finalized our internal controls policies and procedures over financial reporting.

 

We believe our internal controls over financial reporting are robust for our current stage of development. As we move into production, we will be developing and implementing new and more robust internal controls over financial reporting which is time consuming, costly, and complicated. These new control policies will include the appropriate amount of overhead to allocate to cost of goods sold. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if our management is unable to assert, when required, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to attest, when required, to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

   

We incur increased costs as a result of operating as a listed public company and our management is required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

 

As a listed public company, and particularly if at some point in the future we are no longer an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, we incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we have not incurred in the past. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of the NASDAQ Capital Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costlier. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, which could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a listed public company or the timing of such costs.

 

18  

 

 

Our shares are thinly traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market and an active market may never develop.

 

There is a very limited trading market for our common stock and we cannot ensure that an active market will ever develop or be sustained. In addition, the price of our common stock may not reflect our actual or perceived value. There can be no assurance that there will be an active market for our shares of common stock in the future. The market liquidity will be dependent on the perception of our operating business, among other things. We may, in the future, take certain steps, including utilizing investor awareness campaigns, press releases, and conferences to increase awareness of our business and any steps that we might take to bring us to the awareness of investors may require we compensate consultants with cash and/or stock. There can be no assurance that there will be any awareness generated or the results of any efforts will result in any impact on our trading volume. Consequently, investors may not be able to liquidate their investment or liquidate it at a price that reflects the value of the business and trading may be at an inflated price relative to the performance of our company due to, among other things, availability of sellers of our shares. Because there may be a low price for our shares of common stock, many brokerage firms or clearing firms may not be willing to effect transactions in the securities or accept our shares for deposit in an account. Even if an investor finds a broker willing to effect a transaction in the shares of our common stock, the combination of brokerage commissions, transfer fees, taxes, if any, and any other selling costs may exceed the selling price.

 

If our shares become subject to the penny stock rules, it would become more difficult to trade our shares.

 

The SEC has adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or authorized for quotation on certain automated quotation systems, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system. If we do not retain our listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market and if the price of our common stock is less than $5.00, our common stock will be deemed a penny stock. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, before a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document containing specified information. In addition, the penny stock rules require that before effecting any transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our common stock, and therefore stockholders may have difficulty selling their shares.

 

FINRA sales practice requirements may limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our stock.

 

In addition to the “penny stock” rules described above, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative, low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. The FINRA requirements may make it more difficult for broker-dealers to recommend that their customers buy our common stock, which may have the effect of reducing the level of trading activity in our common stock. As a result, fewer broker-dealers may be willing to make a market in our common stock, reducing a stockholder’s ability to resell shares of our common stock.

 

The preparation of our financial statements involves the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions, and our financial statements may be materially affected if such estimates, judgments or assumptions prove to be inaccurate.

 

Financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or “GAAP”, typically require the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts. Often, different estimates, judgments and assumptions could reasonably be used that would have a material effect on such financial statements, and changes in these estimates, judgments and assumptions may occur from period to period over time. Significant areas of accounting requiring the application of management’s judgment include, but are not limited to, determining the fair value of assets and the timing and amount of cash flows from assets. These estimates, judgments and assumptions are inherently uncertain and, if our estimates were to prove to be wrong, we would face the risk that charges to income or other financial statement changes or adjustments would be required. Any such charges or changes could harm our business, including our financial condition and results of operations and the price of our securities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for a discussion of the accounting estimates, judgments and assumptions that we believe are the most critical to an understanding of our financial statements and our business.

 

19  

 

 

We have not paid cash dividends in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the future. Any return on investment may be limited to the value of our common stock.

 

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate doing so in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends on our common stock will depend on earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting us at such time as our board of directors may consider relevant. If we do not pay dividends, our common stock may be less valuable because a return on your investment will only occur if our stock price appreciates.

 

You will experience future dilution as a result of future equity offerings.

 

We may in the future offer additional shares of our common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Although no assurances can be given that we will consummate a financing, in the event we do, or in the event we sell shares of common stock or other securities convertible into shares of our common stock in the future, additional and substantial dilution will occur. In addition, investors purchasing shares or other securities in the future could have rights superior to investors in prior offerings. Subsequent offerings at a lower price, often referred to as a “down round”, could result in additional dilution.

 

Future issuances of debt securities, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our bankruptcy or liquidation, and future issuances of preferred stock, which would rank senior to our common stock for the purposes of dividends and liquidating distributions, may adversely affect the level of return you may be able to achieve from an investment in our common stock.

 

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by offering debt securities. Upon bankruptcy or liquidation, holders of our debt securities, and lenders with respect to other borrowings we may make, would receive distributions of our available assets prior to any distributions being made to holders of our common stock. Moreover, if we issue preferred stock, the holders of such preferred stock could be entitled to preferences over holders of common stock in respect of the payment of dividends and the payment of liquidating distributions. Because our decision to issue debt or preferred securities in any future offering, or borrow money from lenders, will depend in part on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of any such future offerings or borrowings. Holders of our common stock must bear the risk that any future offerings we conduct or borrowings we make may adversely affect the level of return they may be able to achieve from an investment in our common stock.

 

Sales by our significant stockholders could have an adverse effect on the market price of our stock.

 

At least one of our stockholders, Mr. Frohnmayer, owns a significant amount of our common stock. If he were to sell all or a portion of his holdings of our common stock, the market price of our common stock could be negatively impacted. The effect of such sales, or of significant portions of our stock being offered or made available for sale, could result in strong downward pressure on our stock price. Investors should be aware that they could experience significant short-term volatility in our stock if such stockholders decide to sell all or a portion of their holdings of our common stock at once or within a short period of time.

 

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Oregon law might discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control of our company or changes in our management and, therefore, depress the trading price of our common stock.

 

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Oregon law might discourage, delay, or prevent a merger, acquisition, or other change in control that stockholders consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions might also prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management. These provisions include:

 

limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings;

 

the inability of stockholders to cumulate votes at any election of directors; and

 

the ability of our board of directors to make, alter or repeal our bylaws.

 

20  

 

 

Our board of directors has the ability to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. In addition, Section 60.835 and Section 60.840 of the Oregon Revised Statutes prohibits a publicly held Oregon corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder, generally a person which together with its affiliates owns, or within the last three years has owned, 15% or more of our voting stock, at any time within the preceding three-year period, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

 

The existence of the foregoing provisions and anti-takeover measures could limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. They could also deter potential acquirers of Arcimoto, thereby reducing the likelihood that you could receive a premium for your common stock in an acquisition.

 

If securities industry analysts do not publish additional research reports on us, or publish unfavorable reports on us, then the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.

 

Any trading market for our common stock will be influenced in part by any research reports that securities industry analysts publish about us. To date, we have been covered by four research analysts. We may not obtain any future research coverage by additional securities industry analysts. In the event we are covered by additional analysts, and one or more of such analysts downgrade our securities, or otherwise reports on us unfavorably, or discontinues coverage on us, the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.

 

A cybersecurity breach may adversely affect the Company’s reputation, revenue and earnings.

 

The Company and certain of its third-party service providers and vendors receive, store, and transmit digital personal information in connection with the Company’s human resources operations, financial services operations, e-commerce, rental franchise management, mobile applications, planned connected vehicle services offerings and other aspects of its business. The Company’s information systems, and those of its third-party service providers and vendors, are vulnerable to the continually evolving cybersecurity risks. The Company's plan to offer connected vehicle services will heighten these risks. Unauthorized parties have attempted to and may attempt in the future to gain access to these systems or the information the Company and its third-party service providers and vendors maintain and use through fraud or other means of deceiving our employees and third-party service providers and vendors. Hardware, software or applications the Company develops or obtains from third-parties may contain defects in design or manufacture or other problems that could unexpectedly compromise information security and/or the Company’s operations. The methods used to obtain unauthorized access, disable or degrade service or sabotage systems are constantly evolving and may be difficult to anticipate or detect. The Company has implemented and regularly reviews and updates processes and procedures to protect against unauthorized access to or use of secured data and to prevent data loss. However, the ever-evolving threats mean the Company and third-party service providers and vendors must continually evaluate and adapt systems and processes, and there is no guarantee that they will be adequate to safeguard against all data security breaches or misuses of data. The Company has experienced information security attacks, but to date they have not materially compromised the Company’s computing environment or resulted in a material impact on the Company’s business or operations or the release of confidential information about employees, customers, franchisees, suppliers or other third parties. Any future significant compromise or breach of the Company’s data security, whether external or internal, or misuse of customer, employee, franchisee, supplier or Company data could result in disruption to the Company’s operations, significant costs, lost sales, fines and lawsuits, and/or damage to the Company’s reputation. In addition, as the regulatory environment related to information security, data collection and use, and privacy becomes increasingly rigorous, with new and evolving requirements, compliance could also result in the Company being required to incur additional costs. The Company has mediated its financial exposure by securing cyber liability insurance.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.

 

21  

 

 

Item 2. Properties

 

On October 15, 2018, we re-negotiated a lease previously entered into as a month to month lease during June 2018, for a 5,291 square foot commercial industrial office space in Eugene, Oregon. The term of the lease is 60 months which began on October 15, 2018. Rent is $4,500 per month and subject to a 3% increase per year. The space is being used for manufacturing, office and general use.

 

On October 18, 2018, we entered into a lease for a 4,491 square foot space in San Diego, California. The term of the lease is 60 months which began on November 1, 2018. Base rent is $8,982 per month. A portion of the space is being used for Arcimoto’s California dealer showroom. On October 18, 2018, we sublet 65% of the premises to Hula Holdings, Inc. (“Hula”) which it expects to use as a rental center for FUVs, among other general retail, dispatching, parking and charging services for electric vehicles. Hula has agreed to pay the landlord 65% of the annual base rent and associated costs under the lease.

 

As of December 31, 2018, we occupied 1,700 square feet of office area, 32,000 square feet of warehouse space and 125,000 square feet of asphalt paving and undeveloped greenfield. The space is under lease expiring in 2021. We believe that our current facilities are sufficient for our needs. We may add other facilities or expand existing facilities as we expand our employee base and geographic markets in the future, and we believe that suitable additional space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

From time to time, we might become involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations, proceedings, and threats of litigation relating to intellectual property, commercial arrangements and other matters arising in the ordinary course of our business. For information on our litigation matters, see “Litigation” under Note 11 of the Notes to Financial Statements included in Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

 

Not applicable.

 

22  

 

 

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Stock

 

Arcimoto’s common stock trades on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “FUV”.

 

Holders

 

As of March 22, 2019, there were approximately 3,525 holders of our common stock.

 

Dividends

 

To date, we have paid no dividends with respect to our common stock and we do not anticipate having the ability to do so for the foreseeable future.

 

Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

With the exception of the Class C preferred stock referenced below that was issued on November 15, 2018, there were no unregistered sales of equity securities during the quarter ended December 31, 2018. The shares of Class C preferred stock were issued to Mr. Frohnmayer as described below in reliance upon the exemption from registration set forth in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Share Repurchases

 

On November 15, 2018, the Company entered into a Share Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with Mark Frohnmayer, the President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company. Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement, Mr. Frohnmayer exchanged 2,000,000 of his shares of Company common stock for 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s newly created Class C preferred stock. These Class C shares will automatically convert back to 2 million shares of common stock upon the filing of an amendment to the Restated Articles of Arcimoto that increases the number of authorized shares of common stock. Except as otherwise required by law or expressly provided in the Related Articles, each share of Class C Preferred Stock has one vote for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of Arcimoto. We are not obligated to redeem or repurchase any shares of Class C Preferred Stock. Shares of Class C Preferred Stock are not otherwise entitled to any redemption rights, or mandatory sinking fund or analogous fund provisions. This transaction was reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2018, which by this reference is incorporated herein as if copied verbatim. There were no other repurchases of the Company’s equity securities during the fourth quarter of 2018 and there are no plans, approved or otherwise for additional purchases.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, should be read together with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. The following discussion contains “forward-looking statements” that reflect our future plans, estimates, beliefs and expected performance. Our actual results may differ materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors. We caution that assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions or beliefs about future events may, and often do, vary from actual results and the differences can be material. Please see “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Overview

 

We design, develop, manufacture, sell and rent ultra-efficient fully electric vehicles. We achieved limited production of our first Signature Series vehicles at the end of 2017, with additional, limited Signature Series and Beta vehicle production in the 2018. We completed 23 Beta vehicles in 2018 and an additional 5 partial vehicles for testing . We anticipate completing 17 additional prototype vehicles in the first half of 2019, for testing of the remaining design changes prior to the production of Retail Series vehicles ramping up in 2019. We completed the first rental operations test in Eugene, Oregon. We used this location primarily as a test bed for developing the rental operations. We believe the rental strategy could turn a small footprint vehicle sales cost center into a revenue center where customers pay us for test driving our vehicles. Renting vehicles during the early phase of our development while vehicle production is constrained, could increase the potential revenue from each vehicle and create an ongoing revenue stream.

 

To execute our growth strategy, we will require significant additional funds going forward. No assurances can be made that we will be successful in raising the capital in the short term required to continue operations.

 

23  

 

 

Management Opportunities, Challenges and Risks

 

Demand, Production and Capital

 

Demand for the Retail Series Arcimoto FUV has continued to increase. As of December 31, 2018, we had 3,217 FUV pre-orders with small refundable deposits, representing an increase of 983, or 44%, from the 2,234 pre-orders as of December 31, 2017. As of March 29, 2019, we had 3,883 pre-orders.

 

Although we initially contemplated producing approximately 2,000 vehicles in the eighteen months following the closing of our Regulation A offering, management decided to slow the rollout of FUVs post-offering by reducing the total number of vehicles produced in 2018. Our decision was based, in part, on the following factors that became apparent to us in the fourth quarter of 2017:

 

1. The substantial public support we received in our Regulation A offering in September and October 2017 allowed us to begin significant portions of the Phase 2 production preparations which we originally contemplated would not commence until twelve months after the closing of our Regulation A offering. The Phase 2 manufacturing process requires additional up-front time to build out the manufacturing facility and redesign the FUV’s upper frame for robotic mass production. Because we anticipate profitability will only be achieved with the margins and volumes possible utilizing the Phase 2 automated manufacturing processes, limiting the number of vehicles built prior to these Phase 2 processes coming online, serves our commitment to capital efficiency.

 

2. We experienced a delay in receiving key, single-source component parts from our suppliers of motors, motor controllers, and batteries that were expected in the fourth quarter 2017. Some of these materials were not received until the end of first quarter 2018. These supplier delays have continued throughout 2018.

 

  3. The manufacture of the first two Signature Series vehicles took longer than anticipated, due primarily to the fitting of body panel parts. We are using the knowledge we gleaned from the manufacturing processes used in the production of our first Signature Series and subsequent Beta vehicles to optimize and finalize the design and manufacturing processes for the (A-Series) and Retail FUVs. As a venture that embraces continuous improvement, we strive to improve our designs and manufacturing processes.

 

We anticipate that achieving full Phase 2 Retail Series production will involve many factors and variables including, but not limited to, the scale production supply chain, vehicle design finalization, regulatory testing, and key component robotic manufacture. We believe that the adjustments we have made to our plan to scale production more closely aligns each of these objectives and will enhance our chances to achieve profitability sooner than if we had stayed with the sequencing we originally contemplated.

 

Trends in Cash Flow, Capital Expenditures and Operating Expenses

 

We aim to complete an additional 17 vehicles for testing, 11 of which were completed in the first quarter of 2019. We aim to ramp up Retail Series production during 2019, starting with 100 vehicles in the second quarter. Given this plan, our capital expenditures, which are substantially complete, have included significant capital costs for the tooling, production equipment and construction of the FUV production line. However, as stated above, if we are unable to successfully raise sufficient additional capital to cover our ongoing operating expenses in the short term, we will not be able to continue operations.

 

24  

 

 

Operating expenses grew by 229% for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was driven by beginning the transformation of Arcimoto from a research and development (“R&D”) operation into a manufacturing company. The number of employees increased by 106%, from 34 as of December 31, 2017 to 70 employees (67 full time and 3 part time) as of December 31, 2018. In December 2017, we moved into a new approximately 32,000 square foot facility from our previous 5,000 square foot facility. In June 2018, we added 5,291 square feet of manufacturing and office space, and in October 2018, re-negotiated the lease for this space. As a result, we incurred costs associated with equipping the employees, implementing systems, and running the larger facilities. R&D costs increased during the year ended December 31, 2018, as we redesigned the FUV for automated production processes, and sales and marketing costs increased due to investor relations expenses associated with being a publicly traded company. General and administrative cost continues to increase as we build out manufacturing, service and regulatory processes and operate as a public company.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

For a description of our critical accounting policies and estimates, please refer to the “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in Note 3 to our Financial Statements under Part I, Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 29, 2019.

 

Disclosure About Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any outstanding derivative financial instruments, off-balance sheet guarantees, interest rate swap transactions or foreign currency forward contracts. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in an unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or that engages in leasing, hedging or research and development services with us.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience, as appropriate, and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results could differ significantly from the estimates made by our management. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.   See Note 3 of the notes to the financial statements at December 31, 2018.

 

Results of Operations

 

Year ended December 31, 2018 versus year ended December 31, 2017

 

Revenues

 

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had revenues of $94,996 and $127,016, respectively. For 2018 we had revenue from the sale of our vehicles of $84,000 none of which was with related parties. We also had revenue of $7,314 from machining and metal work services, $1,680 in vehicle rental income and $2,002 from merchandise sales during the year ended December 31, 2018. There was $2,436 in such revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017. We received no grant revenue during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we had revenues of $127,016. Sources of revenue were $84,000 from the sale of our vehicles of which $42,000 was with a related party, and $2,436 from merchandise sales, and we also recognized grant revenue during the year ended December 31, 2017 amounting to $40,580. Revenue from grants are recognized in the period during which the condition under the grant have been met and we made payment for the related expense.

 

25  

 

 

Operating Expenses

 

Research and Development Expenses

 

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses consist primarily of personnel costs for our engineering and research teams and prototyping materials expense. R&D expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were approximately $3,815,000 and $1,451,000, respectively. The primary reason for the increase in R&D expenses of $2,364,000, or 163%, resulted from an increase in engineering salaries and benefits of approximately $1,685,000, an increase in tools and equipment expense of $290,000, and an increase in R&D materials expense of $400,000. The major R&D projects during 2018 were redesigning the vehicle for automated mass production, adding telematics capability, improve serviceability, improve efficiency and range, and final regulatory compliance testing which is estimated to be completed by the end of May 2019. If this testing is not completed on time it will delay the start of retail production and the recognition of sales and revenue. Additional R&D projects performed in 2018 included the redesign and testing of electronic componentry for mass production and robustness, tooling and test machining of the proprietary gearbox for producibility and subsequent testing of performance, redesign of the bodywork to be vacuum formed reducing cost, door development and safety feature validation activity.

 

Sales and Marketing Expenses

 

Sales and marketing (“S&M”) expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 were approximately $1,570,000 and $828,000, respectively. The primary reasons for the increase in sales and marketing expenses during the year ended December 31, 2018 of approximately $742,000 or 90%, as compared to the prior period was an approximate $410,000 increase in public relations, marketing, and travel expenses associated with investor relations, a $137,000 increase in expense for developing and franchising the rental business, and a $136,000 increase in salary and benefits expenses.

 

General and Administrative Expenses

 

General and administrative (“G&A”) expenses consist primarily of personnel and facilities costs related to executives, finance, human resources, information technology, as well as certain human capital and related costs generally included in manufacturing that are being utilized to set-up operations associated with workflow, regulatory compliance, materials, service, quality, and legal organizations, as well as legal fees, professional and contract services. G&A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 were approximately $5,604,000 as compared to $1,064,000 for the same period last year, representing an increase of $4,540,000, or 427%. The primary reasons for the increase in the current period was due to an approximate $1,430,000 increase in salary and benefits associated with developing our manufacturing, materials, service, quality and compliance, and other operations, a $1,748,000 increase in expenses associated with being a public company (investor relations, insurance, and professional fees), a $434,000 increase in depreciation, a $398,000 increase in facilities rent and maintenance, a $155,000 increase in lobbying expense, a $132,000 increase in computer and software expense to equip new hires, a $69,000 increase in employee recruiting and retention expense. 

 

Interest Expense

 

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 was approximately $101,000, as compared to $34,000 during the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in interest expense was due to equipment financing.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

 

As of December 31, 2018, we had approximately $4,903,000 in cash and cash equivalents representing a decrease in cash and cash equivalents of approximately $2,921,000 from December 31, 2017. Sources of cash were predominantly from the sale of equity and debt. We anticipate that our current sources of liquidity, including cash and cash equivalents, together with our current projections of cash flow from operating activities, will provide us with liquidity into the fourth quarter of 2019. We need to successfully raise funds in the short term, however, this is subject to market conditions and recognizing that we cannot be certain that additional funds would be available to us on favorable terms or at all. The amount and timing of funds that we may raise is undetermined and could vary based on a number of factors, including our ongoing liquidity needs, our current capitalization, as well as access to current and future sources of liquidity.

 

We have invested approximately $6,115,000 into tooling and manufacturing capital expenditures for our current FUV production facility. At this time, we believe minimal further investment into tooling and manufacturing is required until we need to expand production capacity beyond a rate of 10,000 vehicles per year. As we ramp up production, we may identify opportunities for reducing cost of goods sold that may require additional capital expenditures.

 

26  

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

 

Our cash flows from operating activities are significantly affected by our cash outflows to support the growth of our business in areas such as R&D, sales and marketing and G&A expenses. Our operating cash flows are also affected by our working capital needs to support personnel related expenditures, accounts payable and other current assets and liabilities.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, cash used in operating activities was $12,672,033, which was primarily the result of our net loss incurred of $11,051,015, and increases in other current assets of $1,225,484, inventory of $1,509,048 related to materials for our electric vehicles. We also recorded increases in our accounts payable of $53,378, a decrease in accrued liabilities of $9,340, and increases in customer deposits of $54,657 and warranty accrual of $25,200. These increases in cash outflows were partially offset by stock-based compensation of $495,605.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, cash used in operating activities was $3,344,437, which was primarily the result of our net loss incurred of $3,315,327, an increase in other current assets of $372,954 and an increase in inventories of $167,699 related to materials for our electric vehicles. These increases in cash outflows were partially offset by an increase in stock-based compensation of $203,734, an increase in accrued liabilities of $175,849 mainly for payroll related liabilities, an increase in accounts payable of $97,838, and a net increase in customer deposits of $13,932.

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

 

Cash flows from investing activities primarily relates to the purchases and redemptions of certificates of deposits and capital expenditures to support our growth in operations, including investments in manufacturing equipment and tooling. During the year ended December 31, 2018, we purchased $5,250,000 and redeemed $11,496,850 of certificates of deposits, and paid $1,717,038, net of financing, for manufacturing equipment, tooling and FUVs placed into Company service or to be included in our rental fleet. We also received $250 in proceeds from the sale of property and equipment and paid $41,988 for security deposits.

 

Cash flows from investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2017 primarily relates to the purchases of certificates of deposits and capital expenditures to support our growth in operations, including investments in manufacturing equipment and tooling. During 2017, we purchased $6,246,850 of certificates of deposits and invested $1,960,438 in manufacturing equipment and tooling. We had no such purchases of certificates of deposits or capital expenditures in 2016.

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash provided by financing activities was $5,262,869, compared to $18,961,429 during the year ended December 31, 2017. Cash flows used in financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2018 mainly comprised of payments on offering costs of $526,011, and proceeds from the issuance of our common stock of $3,014,700, proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $29,259, payments of $255,079 on capital lease obligations and $3,000,000 in proceeds from notes payable.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash provided by financing activities was $18,961,429. Proceeds from the issuance of common stock during the year ended December 31, 2017 were $20,372,271 which consisted of $19,146,771 in gross proceeds from our Regulation A offering of 2,945,657 shares of common stock and $1,225,500 in gross proceeds from our Regulation D offering in that period of 245,100 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock. In addition, we received proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt and a note payable of $275,000. These proceeds were slightly offset by $1,285,842 in offering costs and $400,000 in repayments of notes payable.

 

Item 7a. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Not applicable to smaller reporting companies.

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

The information required by this Item is set forth in the Financial Statements and Notes thereto beginning at page F-1 of this Report, which are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures

 

None.

 

27  

 

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

This Annual Report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies. In addition, this Annual Report does not include an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm regarding internal control of financial reporting pursuant to rules of the SEC regarding smaller reporting companies and emerging growth companies.

 

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act"), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including Mark Frohnmayer, our President and Chief Executive Officer, and Douglas M. Campoli, our Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this report.

 

Based on that evaluation, our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of December 31, 2018, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 

(b) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

No changes were made to our internal control over financial reporting occurred during the period ended December 31, 2018, that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information

 

On October 18, 2018, the Company”) entered into a Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease-Net (the “Lease”) with TEJ Enterprises, LLC (the “Landlord”). Pursuant to the Lease, the Company will lease approximately 4491 square feet of space located at 630 Tenth Avenue, San Diego, CA (the “Premises”) from the Landlord, which the Company expects to use as a rental center for its FUVs, among other general retail, dispatching, parking and charging services for electrical vehicles. The Lease, which began on November 1, 2018, has a term of 5 years. Annual base rent under the Lease is approximately $8,982.00 per month, plus a 5% management fee.

 

On October 18, 2018, pursuant to an amendment to the Lease (the “Lease Amendment”), the Company sublet the Premises to Hula Holdings, Inc. (“Hula”). Pursuant to the Lease Amendment, Hula has agreed to pay the Landlord 65% of the annual base rent and associated costs under the Lease. However, upon an event of default under the Lease, including the failure to pay rent (subject to a cure period and duty to mitigate), the Landlord may, among other things, terminate the Lease and require the Company to surrender possession of the Premises and pay all rent due and payable for the balance of Lease’s term.

 

The description of the Lease and Lease Amendment provided above is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full and complete terms of the Lease and Lease Amendment, which are filed, respectively, as Exhibit 10.7 and 10.8 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

28  

 

 

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

Information required by this Item concerning our directors is incorporated by reference from the sections captioned “Proposal One - Election of Directors” and “Corporate Governance Matters” contained in our proxy statement related to the 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders currently scheduled to be held on May 11, 2019 (the “Proxy Statement”)

 

The information required by this Item concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is incorporated by reference from the section of the Proxy Statement captioned “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the sections captioned “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the sections in the Proxy Statement captioned: (i) “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”; and (ii) “Equity Incentive Plans” under “Proposal Three – Approval of Amendment to the Arcimoto, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan.”

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the section captioned “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions” and “Corporate Governance Matters” in the Proxy Statement.

 

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the information under the section captioned “Fees Paid to Auditors” in the proxy statement. 

 

29  

 

 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) 1. Financial Statements.

 

See index to financial statements on page F-1 of this Annual Report.

 

2. Financial Statement Schedules .

 

All other schedules called for under regulation S-X are not submitted because they are not applicable or not required, or because the required information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

(b) Exhibits.

 

The following items will be exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Exhibit      

Incorporated by Reference

(Unless Otherwise Indicated)

Number   Exhibit Description   Form   File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date
1.1   Underwriting Agreement               Filed herewith
3.1(a)   Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Arcimoto, Inc.               Filed herewith
3.1(b)   Articles of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Arcimoto, Inc.               Filed herewith
3.2   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Arcimoto, Inc.   1-A   024-10710   2.2   August 8, 2017
10.1   Industrial Lease dated September 3, 2017 by and between Arcimoto, Inc. and 2034 LLC   8-K   024-10710   10.1   October 4, 2017
10.2   Arcimoto, Inc. Second Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan #   1-A   024-10710   2.2   August 8, 2017
10.3   Arcimoto, Inc. Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Incentive Plan #   1-A   024-10710   2.2   August 8, 2017
10.4   Arcimoto 2018 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan   8-K   001-38213   10.4   June 13, 2018
10.5   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Award Agreement   8-K   001-38213   10.5   June 13, 2018
10.6   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement   8-K   001-38213   10.6   June 13, 2018
10.7   Industrial Lease dated October 18, 2018 by and between Arcimoto, Inc. and TEJ Enterprises               Filed herewith
10.8   Amendment to Industrial Lease dated October 18, 2018 by and between Arcimoto, Inc. and TEJ Enterprises               Filed herewith
10.9   Exchange Agreement by and between Arcimoto, Inc. and Mark Frohnmayer   8-K   001-38213   10.7   November 21, 2018
10.10   Form of Subscription Agreement for securities offered in registered offering   8-K   001-38213   10.8   November 21, 2018
10.11   Subscription Agreement with FOD Capital, LLC for shares and warrants and a senior secured note   8-K   001-38213   4.1   December 28, 2018
10.12   Warrant to purchase common stock issued to FOD Capital, LLC   8-K   001-38213   4.2   December 28, 2018
10.13   Senior Secured Note issued in favor of FOD Capital, LLC   8-K   001-38213   10.1   December 28, 2018
10.14   Security Agreement dated December 27, 2018 in favor of FOD Capital, LLC   8-K   001-38213   10.2   December 28, 2018
10.15   Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated December 27, 2018 in favor of FOD Capital, LLC   8-K   001-38213   10.3   December 28, 2018
10.16   Collateral Assignment of Lease dated December 27, 2018 in favor of FOD Capital, LLC   8-K   001-38213   10.4   December 28, 2018
23.1   Consent of dbbmckennon, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm               Filed herewith
31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 .   -   -   -   Filed herewith
31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
32.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
101.INS   XBRL Instance Document.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.   -   -   -   Filed herewith

 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

 

None.

30  

 

 

Financial Statements

December 31, 2018 and 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ARCIMOTO, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM   F-2
     
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017:    
     
Balance Sheets   F-3
     
Statements of Operations   F-4
     
Statement of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)   F-5
     
Statements of Cash Flows   F-6
     
Notes to Financial Statements   F-7 – F-21

 

F- 1

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Arcimoto, Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Arcimoto, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows, for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

Going Concern

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company has not achieved positive earnings and operating cash flows from its intended operations, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

/s/ dbb mckennon  

  

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

 

Newport Beach, California

March 29, 2019

   

F- 2

 

 

ARCIMOTO, INC.

BALANCE SHEETS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

    2018     2017  
ASSETS            
Current assets:            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 4,903,019     $ 7,824,109  
Certificates of deposit     -       6,246,850  
Accounts receivable     -       500  
Inventory     1,703,573       194,525  
Other current assets     1,626,644       401,160  
Total current assets     8,233,236       14,667,144  
                 
Property and equipment, net     5,809,774       2,434,026  
Security deposits     41,988       -  
                 
Total assets   $ 14,084,998     $ 17,101,170  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Liabilities:                
Current liabilities                
Accounts payable   $ 717,151     $ 663,773  
Accrued liabilities     246,418       255,758  
Customer deposits     454,624       399,967  
Current portion of capital lease obligations     383,800       -  
Note payable, net of discount     2,677,076       -  
Total current liabilities     4,479,069       1,319,498  
                 
Warranty reserve     25,200       -  
Long-term capital lease obligations, net of current portion     1,513,595       -  
Total long-term liabilities     1,538,795       -  
                 
Total liabilities     6,017,864       1,319,498  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)                
                 
Stockholders’ equity:                
Series A-1 preferred stock, no par, 1,500,000 authorized; 0 and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively     -       -  
Class C Preferred Stock, no par, 2,000,000 authorized; 2,000,000 and 0 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively     -       -  
Common shares 20,000,000 shares authorized no par value; 15,032,341 and 15,872,001 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively     30,102,738       27,177,790  
Additional paid-in capital     930,869       519,340  
Accumulated deficit     (22,966,473 )     (11,915,458 )
Total stockholders’ equity     8,067,134       15,781,672  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 14,084,998     $ 17,101,170  

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F- 3

 

 

ARCIMOTO, INC.

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

    2018     2017  
Revenue            
Grant revenue   $ -     $ 40,580  
Product sales – related party     -       42,000  
Product sales     84,000       44,436  
Other revenue     10,996       -  
Total revenues     94,996       127,016  
                 
Cost of goods sold     127,531       78,439  
                 
Gross profit (loss)     (32,535 )     48,577  
                 
Operating expenses                
Research and development     3,814,844       1,451,394  
Sales and marketing     1,569,888       827,941  
General and administrative     5,604,505       1,063,635  
Total operating expenses     10,989,237       3,342,970  
                 
Loss from operations     (11,021,772 )     (3,294,393 )
                 
Other expense (income)                
Interest expense     100,946       34,143  
Other income, net     (71,703 )     (13,209 )
                 
Net loss   $ (11,051,015 )   $ (3,315,327 )
                 
Weighted-average common shares outstanding basic and diluted     15,754,718       13,554,282  
Net loss per common share - basic and diluted   $ (0.70 )   $ (0.24 )

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F- 4

 

 

ARCIMOTO, INC.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

    Series A-1 Preferred
stock
    Class C Preferred
stock
    Common stock     Additional              
    Number
of Shares
    Amount     Number
of Shares
    Amount     Number
of Shares
    Amount     Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)  
Balance at December 31, 2016     -     $ -               -     $         -       12,337,466     $ 7,637,494     $ 336,606     $ (8,600,131 )   $ (626,031 )
                                                                         
Issuance of Series A-1 preferred stock     245,100       1,225,500       -       -       -       -       -       -       1,225,500  
Conversion of Series A-1 preferred stock     (245,100 )     (1,225,500 )     -       -       490,200       1,225,500       -       -       -  
Issuance of common stock for services     -       -       -       -       4,000       21,000       -       -       21,000  
Issuance of common stock for cash     -       -       -       -       2,945,657       19,146,771       -       -       19,146,771  
Conversion of notes to common stock     -       -       -       -       80,832       472,867       -       -       472,867  
Offering costs     -       -       -       -       -       (1,325,842 )     -               (1,325,842 )
Warrants exercised - cashless     -       -       -       -       13,846       -       -       -       -  
Stock-based compensation     -       -       -       -       -       -       182,734       -       182,734  
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (3,315,327 )     (3,315,327 )
Balance at December 31, 2017     -       -       -       -       15,872,001       27,177,790       519,340       (11,915,458 )     15,781,672  
                                                                         
Issuance of common stock for services     -       -       -       -       55,000       195,450       -       -       195,450  
Issuance of common stock for cash     -       -       -       -       1,004,900       3,014,700       111,374       -       3,126,074  
Exchange of common stock for Class C Preferred stock     -       -       2,000,000       -       (2,000,000 )     -       -       -       -  
Exercise of stock options     -       -       -       -       14,200       29,259       -       -       29,259  
Offering costs     -       -       -       -       -       (314,461 )     -       -       (314,461 )
Options exercised - cashless     -       -       -       -       15,967       -       -       -       -  
Warrants exercised - cashless     -       -       -       -       70,273       -       -       -       -  
Stock-based compensation     -       -       -       -       -       -       300,155       -       300,155  
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (11,051,015 )     (11,051,015 )
Balance at December 31, 2018     -     $ -       2,000,000     $ -       15,032,341     $ 30,102,738     $ 930,869     $ (22,966,473 )   $ 8,067,134  

 

See accompanying notes to the financial statements

 

F- 5

 

 

ARCIMOTO, INC.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

    2018     2017  
OPERATING ACTIVITIES            
Net loss   $ (11,051,015 )   $ (3,315,327 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     454,494       20,107  
Loss on disposal of property and equipment     39,020       -    
Stock-based compensation     495,605       203,734  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     500       83  
Inventory     (1,509,048 )     (167,699 )
Other current assets     (1,225,484 )     (372,954 )
Accounts payable     53,378       97,838  
Accrued liabilities     (9,340 )     175,849  
Customer deposits     54,657       13,932  
Warranty accrual     25,200       -    
Net cash used in operating activities     (12,672,033 )     (3,344,437 )
                 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES                
Purchase of certificates of deposit     (5,250,000 )     (6,246,850 )
Proceeds from sale of certificates of deposit     11,496,850       -    
Purchases of property and equipment     (1,717,038 )     (1,960,438 )
Proceeds from the disposal of property and equipment     250       -    
Security deposits     (41,988 )     -    
Net cash inflow provided by (used) in investing activities     4,488,074       (8,207,288 )
                 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES                
Proceeds from sale of common stock     3,014,700       20,372,271  
Payment of offering costs     (526,011 )     (1,285,842 )
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options     29,259       -    
Payment on capital lease obligations     (255,079 )     -    
Proceeds from convertible notes payable to related parties     -         170,000  
Repayment of convertible notes payable to related parties     -         (70,000 )
Proceeds from convertible notes payable     -         100,000  
Repayment of convertible notes payable     -         (75,000 )
Proceeds from note payable to related party     -         5,000  
Repayment of note payable to related party     -         (5,000 )
Proceeds from notes payable     3,000,000       -    
Repayment of notes payable     -         (250,000 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     5,262,869       18,961,429  
                 
Net cash increase (decrease) for year     (2,921,090 )     7,409,704  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year     7,824,109       414,405  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year   $ 4,903,019     $ 7,824,109  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:                
Cash paid during the year for interest   $ 100,946     $ 14,841  
Cash paid during the year for income taxes   $ 150     $ 150  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                
Conversion of series A-1 preferred stock to common stock   $ -       $ 1,225,500  
Notes payable and accrued interest converted to common stock   $ -       $ 316,701  
Notes payable to related parties and accrued interest converted to common stock   $ -       $ 156,166  
Fixed asset purchases in accounts payable   $ -       $ 484,890  
Portion of equipment acquired through capital leases   $ 2,152,474       -    
Warrants issued to underwriter   $ -       $ 29,820  
Warrants issued to investors   $ 111,374     $ -    

 

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F- 6

 

 

ARCIMOTO, INC.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1: NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

Arcimoto, Inc. (the “Company”) was originally formed on November 21, 2007 as WTP Incorporated, an Oregon Corporation, and later changed its name to Arcimoto, Inc. The Company was founded in order to build products that catalyze the shift to a sustainable transportation system. The first step in this shift has been developing an affordable, daily utility, pure electric vehicle. Over the past eleven years, the Company has developed a revolutionary new vehicle platform designed around the needs of everyday drivers. Its main product is the Fun Utility Vehicle® (“FUV”), the first real, affordable, and fossil-free alternative for the vast majority of daily trips. Compared to the average car, the FUV has dropped 3/4 of the weight and 2/3 of the footprint, in order to bring the joy of ultra-efficient, pure electric driving to the masses.

 

Risks and Uncertainties

 

The Company currently has limited production and distribution capabilities. Facilities to manufacture vehicles on a scale of up to 10,000 vehicles per year are substantially complete. Arcimoto also does not have a history of higher-scale production and may encounter delays, flaws, or inefficiencies in the manufacturing process, which may prevent or delay achieving higher-scale production within the anticipated timeline. The Company believes that small scale Retail Series production will commence by the second quarter 2019; however, delays in finalizing the FUV testing, design, availability of inventory, and machinery tooling customization could delay such estimates.

 

At the end of October 2018, Arcimoto opened its first vehicle rental location in Eugene, Oregon. The Company used this location primarily as a test bed for developing the rental operations. Part of the Company’s strategy is to use vehicle rentals to generate a positive cash flow from customer test drive activities. Arcimoto has faced certain obstacles to the rental strategy including the insurance industry’s reluctance to issue rental liability insurance to a manufacturer operating a rental business for their own vehicles, auto insurance companies being unwilling to extend their customer’s auto coverage to the rental of three wheeled vehicles or to motorcycles, and the reluctance of insurers to offer SLI (supplemental liability insurance) for operators of motorcycle rental facilities to sell to their customers. The Company has acquired rental liability insurance and is pursuing SLI to offer to rental customers. As with any strategy, there is the risk that the rental business will not be successful. Arcimoto learned a great deal from this short-term test that the Company believes will help refine the rental operations in preparation for a planned reopening of the Oregon rental facility and potential launch of the San Diego rental operation after Retail FUV production has commenced.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company has $1,703,573 in inventory and another approximately $1,017,000 in prepaid inventory not received yet. Prepaid inventory is included in other current assets. Certain inventory components are included in prepaid inventory and have long lead time parts requiring payment in advance.

 

The Company has limited experience in developing, training and managing a sales force, and will incur substantial additional expenses marketing its current and future products and services. Developing a full marketing and sales force is also time consuming and could delay launch of future products and services. In addition, the Company will compete with companies that currently have extensive and well-funded marketing and sales operations. The Company’s marketing and sales efforts may be unable to compete successfully against these companies.

 

Further, the Company’s business and operations are sensitive to general governmental policy, business and economic conditions in the United States and worldwide. A host of factors beyond the Company’s control could cause fluctuations in these conditions. Other developments, including but not limited to economic recessions, trends in vehicle manufacturing, consumer taste, availability of inventory, and changes in government policy related to cars and motorcycles, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and the results of its operations.

 

The Company’s industry is characterized by rapid changes in technology and customer demands. As a result, the Company’s products and services may quickly become obsolete and unmarketable. The Company’s future success will depend on its ability to adapt to technological advances, anticipate customer demands, develop new products and services and enhance our current products and services on a timely and cost-effective basis. Further, the Company’s products and services must remain competitive with those of other companies with substantially greater resources. The Company may experience technical or other difficulties that could delay or prevent the development, introduction or marketing of new products and services or enhanced versions of existing products and services. Also, the Company may not be able to adapt new or enhanced products and services to emerging industry standards, and the Company’s new products and services may not be favorably received. In addition, we may not have the capital resources to further the development of existing and/or new products.

 

F- 7

 

 

NOTE 2: GOING CONCERN

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a basis that the Company is a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. The Company has experienced recurring operating losses and negative operating cash flows since inception.

 

The Company has not achieved positive earnings and operating cash flows to enable the Company to finance its operations internally. Funding for the business to date has come primarily through the issuance of debt and equity securities. The Company will require additional funding during the fourth quarter of 2019 to continue to operate in the normal course of business. Accordingly, there is substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

Although the Company's objective is to increase its revenues from the sales of its products within the next few years sufficient to generate positive operating and cash flow levels, there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in this regard. The Company will need to raise additional capital to fund its operations, which it intends to obtain through debt and/or equity offerings. Funds on hand and any follow-on capital, will be used to invest in the business to expand sales and marketing efforts, enhance current product by continuing research and development to bring the FUV to retail production, continue to build custom tooling and optimize our production facility, and fund operations until positive cash flow is achieved. The need for additional capital may be adversely impacted by uncertain market conditions or approval by regulatory bodies.

 

NOTE 3: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, (“GAAP”).

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and equipment financing obligations.   The carrying amounts of such financial instruments approximate their respective estimated fair value due to the short-term maturities and approximate market interest rates of these instruments. The estimated fair value is not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company would realize in a current market exchange or from future earnings or cash flows. The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The standard provides a consistent definition of fair value which focuses on an exit price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

The standard also prioritizes, within the measurement of fair value, the use of market-based information over entity specific information and establishes a three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements based on the nature of inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date.

 

The three-level hierarchy for fair value measurements is defined as follows:

 

Level 1 – inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;

 

Level 2 – inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability other than quoted prices, either directly or indirectly, including inputs in markets that are not considered to be active; and

 

Level 3 – inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

 

Categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying financial statements for current assets and current liabilities approximate the fair value because of the immediate or short-term maturities of the financial instruments. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company did not have any level 2 or level 3 instruments.

 

F- 8

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers deposits that can be redeemed on demand and investments that have original maturities of less than three months, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company held its balance of cash and cash equivalents in financial institutions, which, at times, exceed the federally insured limits.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

Accounts receivable are reported net of allowance for probable losses. It represents the amount management expects to collect from outstanding balances. Differences between the amount due and the amount management expects to collect are charged to operations in the year in which those differences are determined, with an offsetting entry to a reserve allowance. As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, the Company had $17,887 and $500, respectively of accounts receivable with a $17,887 reserve allowance as of December 31, 2018.

 

Certificates of Deposit

 

The Company uses certificates of deposit for short-term investments. No more than $250,000 is invested in any single certificate of deposit so that all balances are covered by federally insured limits. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, $0 and $6,246,850, respectively, of the Company’s certificates of deposit had original maturities greater than three months and therefore were not included in cash and cash equivalents.

 

Inventory

 

Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (using the first-in, first-out method “FIFO”) or market. Inventories consist of purchased electric motors, electrical storage and transmission equipment, and component parts. Inventories consisted almost entirely of raw materials and component parts as of December 31, 2018. Work-in-progress as of December 31, 2018 was $15,683, with no significant amounts as of December 31, 2017. There were $156,858 in Finished Goods at December 31, 2018, with no finished goods as of December 31, 2017.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes.

 

The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are as follows:

 

Computer Equipment and Software   1 – 3 years
Furniture and Fixtures   2 – 7 years
Machinery and Equipment   5 – 10 years
Leasehold Improvements   Shorter of useful or lease life

 

Offering Costs

 

The Company accounts for offering costs in accordance with FASB ASC 340, Other Assets and Deferred Costs . Prior to the completion of an offering, offering costs will be capitalized as deferred offering costs on the balance sheet. The deferred offering costs will be charged to stockholders’ equity or as a reduction of debt upon the completion of an offering or to expense if the offering is not completed. As of December 31, 2018, no offering costs were capitalized, as all deferred offering costs were charged to stockholders’ equity or against debt proceeds upon our fourth quarter 2018 equity and debt recapitalization further described in Note 6 and 7. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, offering costs totaled approximately $637,000 and $1,326,000, respectively, which includes the offering costs for the fourth quarter 2018 equity and debt recapitalization and the Regulation A offering, respectively. Of the 2018 amount, approximately $526,000 was cash based and $111,000 was non-cash in the form of warrants issued in the fourth quarter 2018 offering. Offering costs in 2018 were allocated between debt and equity offerings.

 

F- 9

 

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

The Company follows FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360, Accounting for Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . ASC 360 requires that if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of long-lived assets or asset groups may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed by comparing the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the asset to the asset’s carrying value to determine if a write-down to market value would be required. Long-lived assets or asset groups that meet the criteria in ASC 360 as being held for sale are reflected at the lower of their carrying amount or fair market value, less costs to sell.

 

Customer Deposits

 

Refundable customer deposits are generally held in a separate deposit account. Revenue is not recognized on refundable customer deposits until the deposit is applied to a non-refundable vehicle order, the vehicle manufacturing process is completed, the vehicle is ready for pickup by or delivery to the customer.

 

Warranties

 

During 2018 the Company recorded a warranty reserve for four Signature Series vehicles sold. The Company intends to begin recording warranty reserves with the commencement of Retail Series production of the FUV. We intend to provide a warranty on vehicle and production powertrain components and battery pack sales, and we will accrue warranty reserves at the time a vehicle or production powertrain component is delivered to the customer. Warranty reserves include management’s best estimate of the projected cost to repair or to replace any items under warranty, based on actual warranty experience as it becomes available and other known factors that may impact our evaluation of historical data. We will review our reserves at least quarterly to ensure that our accruals are adequate in meeting expected future warranty obligations, and we will adjust our estimates as needed. Warranty expense will be recorded as a component of cost of revenues in the statement of operations. The portion of the warranty provision which is expected to be incurred within 12 months from the balance sheet date will be classified as current, while the remaining amount will be classified as long-term liabilities.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company recognizes revenue when the earnings process is complete. This generally occurs when products are ready for pickup by or delivery to the customer in accordance with the sales agreement or purchase order, which is when control of the vehicle passes to the customer. The Company’s shipping terms are generally F.O.B. shipping point, where title is transferred, and revenue is recognized when the products are shipped to or picked up by customers. The Company determined that the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09 (ASU 2014-09), “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”) had no material impact to the Company’s financial statements.

 

Grant Revenue

 

Revenue from grant revenue is recognized in the period during which the conditions under the grant have been met and the Company has made payment for the related expense. Grant revenue was $0 and $40,580 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Management believes the loss of such revenues will not have a material effect on the Company’s operations.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with FASB ASC 718,  Compensation - Stock Compensation . Under the fair value recognition provisions of FASB ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period, which is generally the option or warrant vesting period. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options and common stock warrants.

 

The Company measures compensation expense for its non-employee stock-based compensation under FASB ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees . The fair value of the award issued or committed to be issued is used to measure the transaction, as this is more reliable than the fair value of the services received. The fair value is measured at the value of the Company’s common stock and/or the calculated value based on the inputs to the Black-Scholes model on the date that the commitment for performance by the counterparty has been reached or the counterparty’s performance is complete. The fair value of the equity award is charged directly to stock-based compensation expense and credited to additional paid-in capital.

 

Advertising Costs

 

Advertising costs are recorded as an expense in the period in which we incur the costs or the first time the advertising takes place. Advertising costs expensed were $15,148 and $317,324 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

F- 10

 

 

Research and Development

 

Expenses relating to research and development are expensed as incurred. Vehicle and battery research and development expenses consisted of $3,814,844 for the year ended December 31, 2018, and $1,451,394, for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes under an asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for income taxes. Accordingly, the Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected impact of differences between the financial statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities.

 

The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In the event the Company was to determine that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of its recorded amount, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would be credited to income tax expense in the period such determination was made. Likewise, should the Company determine that it would not be able to realize all or part of its deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would be charged to income tax expense in the period such determination was made. The Company has incurred losses for tax purposes since inception and has significant tax losses and tax credit carry forwards. These amounts are subject to valuation allowances as it is uncertain that they will be realized before they expire.

 

Net Earnings or Loss per Share

 

The Company’s computation of earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) includes basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as the income (loss) available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is similar to basic EPS but presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of potential common shares (e.g., common stock warrants and common stock options) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential common shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS.

 

Loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the respective periods. Basic and diluted loss per common share is the same for all periods presented because all common stock warrants and common stock options outstanding were anti-dilutive.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company excluded the outstanding securities summarized below, which entitled the holders thereof to ultimately acquire shares of common stock, from its calculation of earnings per share, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

 

    December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
Warrants to purchase common stock     893,004       973,004  
Stock options to purchase common stock     1,348,223       984,200  
Underwriters and investor warrants     1,065,095       122,238  
Warrants issued to vendors outside of employee plans     47,000       47,000  
Total     3,353,322       2,126,442  

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

The Company continually assesses any new accounting pronouncements to determine their applicability. When it is determined that a new accounting pronouncement affects the Company's financial reporting, the Company undertakes a study to determine the consequences of the change to its financial statements and assures that there are proper controls in place to ascertain that the Company's financial statements properly reflect the change.

 

F- 11

 

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842)” (“ASU 2016-02”) which supersedes ASC Topic 840, Leases. ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on their balance sheets for all the leases with terms greater than twelve months. Based on certain criteria, leases will be classified as either financing or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. For leases with a term of twelve months or less, a lessee is permitted to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities. If a lessee makes this election, it should recognize lease expense for such leases generally on a straight-line basis over the lease term. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those years, with early adoption permitted. In transition, lessees and lessors are required to recognize and measure leases at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements” that allows entities to apply the provisions of the new standard at the effective date (e.g. January 1, 2019), as opposed to the earliest period presented under the modified retrospective transition approach (January 1, 2017) and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The modified retrospective approach includes a number of optional practical expedients primarily focused on leases that commenced before the effective date of Topic 842, including continuing to account for leases that commence before the effective date in accordance with previous guidance, unless the lease is modified. The Company currently expects that most of its operating lease commitments will be subject to the new standard and recognized as operating lease liabilities and right-of-use assets upon its adoption of Topic 842, which will increase the total assets and total liabilities that the Company reports relative to such amounts prior to adoption.

 

On August 17, 2018, the SEC issued Rule 33-10532 which requires registrants, including smaller reporting companies, to disclose in interim periods on Form 10-Q (1) the changes in each caption of stockholders’ equity and noncontrolling interests for the “current and comparative year-to-date periods, with subtotals for each interim period” and (2) the amount of dividends per share for each class of shares. Rule 33-10532 became effective 30 days after its publication on November 5, 2018. On September 25, 2018 the SEC released guidance advising it will not object to a registrant adopting the requirement to include changes in stockholders’ equity in the Form 10-Q for the first quarter beginning after the effective date of the rule. The Company adopted Rule 33-10532 on its effective date and will issue the required statement of stockholders’ equity beginning in its first quarterly Form 10-Q filing in 2019.

 

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for share-based payments granted to nonemployees for goods and services. Under the ASU, most of the guidance on such payments to nonemployees would be aligned with the requirements for share-based payments granted to employees. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than an entity’s adoption date of Topic 606. The Company expects to adopt the new standard on January 1, 2020. The Company anticipates the adoption will not have a material impact on its financial statements. 

 

Adoption of Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), as modified by ASU 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date , ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net), ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, and ASU 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients. The revenue recognition principle in ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In addition, new and enhanced disclosures will be required.

 

Companies may adopt the new standard either using the full retrospective approach, a modified retrospective approach with practical expedients, or a cumulative effect upon adoption approach. The Company adopted the new standard on January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective approach. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

 

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting. ASU 2017-09 provides clarity and reduces both (1) diversity in practice and (2) cost and complexity when applying the guidance in Topic 718, to a change to the terms or conditions of a share-based payment award. The amendments in ASU 2017-09 should be applied prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those years. The Company adopted the new standard on January 1, 2018 and the adoption of ASU 2017-09 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

 

F- 12

 

 

NOTE 4: PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, our property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
Computer equipment and software   $ 51,594     $ 60,696  
Furniture and fixtures     46,839       50,996  
Machinery and equipment     4,683,529       1,658,976  
FUV rental fleet     71,998       -  
Leasehold improvements     349,008       297,025  
Fixed assets in process     1,082,345       462,531  
      6,285,314       2,530,224  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (475,539 )     (96,198 )
Total   $ 5,809,774     $ 2,434,026  

 

Fixed assets in process is comprised primarily of Beta FUVs being reworked for deployment into the rental fleet, leasehold improvements, tooling and equipment related to the manufacturing of our vehicles. Completed assets are transferred to their respective asset class and depreciation begins when the asset is ready for its intended use.  

 

Depreciation expense was $454,494 and $20,107 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

NOTE 5: CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company has financed a total of $2,143,243 of its capital equipment purchases with monthly payments ranging from $437 to $8,582, repayment terms ranging from 48 to 60 months, and effective interest rates ranging from 4.52% to 9.86%. Total monthly capital lease payments as of December 31, 2018 are $43,728. These lease obligations mature ranging from December 2021 through October 2023 and are secured by approximately $2,719,557 in underlying assets which have $127,717 in accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2018. The balance of capital lease obligations was $1,897,395 and $0 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

See the following table for future minimum payments by year.

 

Years ending December 31:

 

2019   $ 524,734  
2020     524,734  
2021     524,734  
2022     524,557  
2023     155,424  
Total payments including interest   $ 2,254,183  
Less amounts representing interest     (356,788 )
Total of future payments on principal balances     1,897,395  
Less current portion of capital lease obligations     (383,800 )
Total long-term capital lease obligations   $ 1,513,595  

 

NOTE 6: NOTES PAYABLE

 

On December 4, 2015, the Company entered into a $250,000 loan agreement with the City of Eugene Business Development Fund; however, the funds for the loan were not received until April 1, 2016. This loan was secured by substantially all assets of the Company and had an interest rate of 5% per annum. Interest only payments were due monthly from the date of disbursement. The entire unpaid principal balance of the loan, plus accrued interest, was due and payable upon the earlier of the occurrence of a Regulation A offering or October 1, 2017. The note was repaid on September 21, 2017 in full, after the first closing of the Regulation A offering.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, the Company issued a series of convertible notes with original principal balances of $200,000, all with the same terms as disclosed below. Of these notes $100,000 were to related parties. The notes and all accrued interest were due on March 31, 2018. Similar notes were issued in 2016 for total convertible notes of $525,000. The notes were secured by substantially all assets of the Company and had a stated interest rate of 6% per annum. The notes were convertible on demand at the greater of $5.00 per share or 90% of the active selling price of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock at the time of conversion. Notes totaling $450,000, of which $150,000 was for related parties, with accrued interest thereon of approximately $23,000 were converted to 80,832 shares of common stock on August 31, 2017, at a price of $5.85 per share, which represented 90% of the $6.50 per share price in the Regulation A offering. Notes totaling $75,000 were repaid in cash along with accrued interest thereon of $354.

 

During September 2017, the Company issued two convertible notes to related parties in the total principal amount of $70,000. The notes and all accrued interest were due on March 31, 2018. These notes were secured by substantially all assets of the Company and had a stated interest rate of 6% per annum. The notes were convertible on demand at the greater of $6.50 per share of common stock or 90% of the active selling price of the common stock at the time of conversion. The notes principal balance of $70,000 and accrued interest of $232 was repaid in cash on September 29, 2017.

 

On September 11, 2017, the Company borrowed $5,000 from a related party, no security was issued for the loan. The loan was meant to be a short-term advance and due on demand. The loan was repaid on October 26, 2017 and there is no interest associated with this advance.

 

F- 13

 

 

On December 27, 2018, the Company entered into a Subscription Agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with FOD Capital, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Investor”), pursuant to which the Company issued to the Investor (i) 500,000 shares of its common stock, no par value per share at a purchase price of $3.00 per share (the “Shares”), (ii) a warrant to purchase up to 942,857 shares of common stock at $3.50 per share (the “Warrant”), and (iii) a senior secured note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 (the “Note”). (see Note 7)

 

NOTE 7: STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

Stock-Split

 

On July 21, 2017, the Board and a majority of common stockholders voted to enact a two-for-one common stock split and increase the authorized common shares to 20,000,000. On July 25, 2017, a majority of the Series A-1 Preferred stockholders voted to convert all 1,434,891 Series A-1 Preferred shares to 2,869,782 common shares. The July 21, 2017, two-for-one common stock split resulted in a conversion rate of two shares of common stock for each share of Series A-1 Preferred stock. In accordance with SEC reporting guidelines, the retrospective application of the stock split has been applied to historical financial information, and the Series A-1 Preferred to common stock conversion was reflected in the accompanying financial statements as if it occurred as of December 31, 2016.

 

Preferred Stock

 

The Company is authorized to issue 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no par value, of which 1,500,000 shares were designated as Series A-1 Preferred Stock and 2,000,000 are designated as Class C Preferred Stock.

 

The Series A-1 Preferred Stock is convertible at any time after issuance at the option of the holder into shares of common stock at the original issue price of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock. The Series A-1 Preferred Stock is also subject to mandatory conversion provisions upon an initial public offering raising $15 million or more and is not redeemable. To prevent dilution, the conversion price of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock is to be adjusted for any issuance of securities, excluding exempt securities, which change the number of shares of common stock outstanding. The Series A-1 Preferred Stockholders are entitled to equal voting rights to common stockholders on an as-converted basis and receive preference to the common stockholders upon liquidation. During the first two quarters of 2017, 245,100 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock were sold for cash proceeds of $1,225,500 under a Regulation D offering. Of these shares, 10,000 were issued to a related party. The Series A-1 Preferred Stock was converted to common stock as noted above.

 

As a result of the share exchange agreement described below, the Company was authorized to issue 2,000,000 of Class C Preferred Stock. On November 15, 2018, all 2,000,000 were issued in the exchange noted below.

 

Except as otherwise required by law or expressly provided in the Related Articles, each share of Class C Preferred Stock has one vote for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Company. The Company is not obligated to redeem or repurchase any shares of Class C Preferred Stock. Shares of Class C Preferred Stock are not otherwise entitled to any redemption rights, or mandatory sinking fund or analogous fund provisions.

 

Common Stock

 

The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of common stock, no par value, as of December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

The Company has reserved a total of 2,850,744 shares of its common stock pursuant to the equity incentive plans (see Note 8). The Company has 2,236,893 and 1,957,204 stock options and warrants outstanding under these plans as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company has reserved an additional 942,857 shares of its common stock for warrants pursuant to the Subscription Agreement discussed above. As of December 31, 2018, these warrants were vested on issuance. 

 

Common Stock Issued for Compensation

 

On October 4, 2017, we issued 4,000 shares of common shares at a cost of $5.25 per share were issued to a vendor in exchange for video production services. The price per share was based on the closing quote for the Company’s common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market the day before the Board of Directors approved the payment. The total cost of $21,000 is included in sales and marketing expenses on the Company’s Statement of Operations.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 55,000 restricted common shares for services with a fair value of $195,450. The shares were valued based on the stock price at the time of the grant.

 

Exercise of Stock Options and Warrants

 

On January 31, 2018, 14,200 employee options were exercised at a price per share of $2.0605 for total proceeds to the Company of $29,259.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, a total of 80,000 employee warrants with an exercise price of $0.50 per share per share were exercised in cashless transactions at a market prices ranging from $3.7776 per share to $4.4030 per share, which was based on the average of the Company’s daily closing prices surrounding the transaction dates amounting to the issuance of a total of 70,273 shares of the Company’s common stock. These shares meet the requirements for not being restricted from trading.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, 40,056 employee options with an exercise price ranging from $2.0605 per share to $2.50 per share were exercised in cashless transactions at market prices ranging from $3.658 per share to $4.202 per share each of which was based on ranges of the Company’s daily closing price near the transaction dates. The exercises resulted in the issuance of a total of 20,814 shares of the Company’s common stock. These shares meet the requirements for not being restricted from trading.

 

F- 14

 

 

Share Exchange Agreement

 

On November 15, 2018, the Company entered into a Share Exchange Agreement with the President, CEO and Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “CEO”). Pursuant to the Agreement, the CEO exchanged 2 million of his shares of company common stock for 2 million shares of newly designated Class C preferred stock. These shares will automatically convert back to 2 million shares of common stock upon the filing of an amendment to the Restated Articles of the Company that increases the number of authorized shares of common stock. There was no accounting impact as a result of this exchange.

 

Public Offering of Common Stock

 

During September and October 2017, the Company issued 2,945,657 shares of common stock in a Regulation A offering at a public offering price of $6.50 per share. We received net proceeds of $18,087,640 after deducting underwriter commissions of $1,051,131 and escrow closing fees of $8,000.

 

On November 19, 2018, the Company entered into Subscription Agreements with certain investors relating to a public offering of 504,900 shares of common stock directly to investors, for an offering price of $3.00 a share. With the proceeds of $1,514,700 from the offering, the Company plans utilize these funds for operating expenses, inventory costs, and offering costs, amongst other general corporate purposes.

 

The November 2018 Offering was made pursuant to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-3, previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on October 3, 2018, and declared effective by the SEC on October 17, 2018, a base prospectus forming a part of the effective registration statement, a preliminary prospectus supplement dated November 16, 2018 and a prospectus supplement dated November 20, 2018.

 

Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement

 

On December 27, 2018, the Company entered into a Subscription Agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with FOD Capital, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Investor”), pursuant to which the Company issued to the Investor (i) 500,000 shares of its common stock, no par value per share at a purchase price of $3.00 per share (the “Shares”), (ii) a warrant to purchase up to 942,857 shares of common stock at $3.50 per share (the “Warrant”), and (iii) a senior secured note in the principal amount of $3,000,000 (the “Note”). The Shares, Warrant and Note were purchased together by the Investor for an aggregate amount of $4.5 million but were issued separately (collectively, the “Transaction”).

 

The Company offered the Shares and Warrant in a public offering pursuant to the Company’s registration statement filed with the SEC that was declared effective on October 17, 2018, as well as the prospectus supplement filed on December 27, 2018 (the “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Note was issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

The Shares were issued for an aggregate purchase price of $1,500,000. In connection with the Share issuance, the Company granted the Investor with franchise rights for the lower Florida Keys, subject to the terms contained in the Company’s standard franchise agreement.

 

The Warrant has a 3-year term. The Company reserved 942,857 shares of common stock for issuance pursuant to the potential exercise of the Warrant and, so long as the Warrant remains outstanding, the Company will keep reserved for issuance under the Warrant that number of shares of Common Stock at least equal to the maximum number of shares of common stock as shall be necessary to satisfy the Company’s obligation to issue shares of common stock under the Warrant then outstanding (without regard to any limitations on exercise). The warrant was valued based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model using similar inputs to those described in Note 8, other than the contractual life which was based on the term of the warrant.  The relative fair value of the warrant in relation to the debt and equity component of the Transaction was $111,374.

 

The Note is secured by a perfected first secured lien on all the Company’s assets except for equipment assets securing existing or future leases. Interest will accrue at 10% per annum and will be paid at maturity or payoff of the note, with a minimum of one year of interest paid at such time. The Note matures on December 27, 2019 and, subject to certain conditions, can be extended for an additional six months upon payment of $300,000 to the Investor by the Company. In connection with the Note, the Company entered into a Security Agreement, an Intellectual Property Security Agreement and a Collateral Assignment of Lease Agreement, each dated as of December 27, 2018 (collectively, the “Collateral Documents”). The short-term note was recorded with an original issue discount of $322,942 which will be amortized as interest expense over the Note’s twelve-month term. The discount is based on the allocation of costs and warrants associated with the Transaction. The discount will be amortized in 2019 through the date of maturity.

 

F- 15

 

 

NOTE 8: STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

The Company grants stock options and warrants pursuant to the 2018 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (“2018 Plan”), Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (“2015 Plan”) and the Second Amended and Restated 2012 Employee Stock Benefit Plan (“2012 Plan”).

 

The Company measures employee stock-based awards at grant-date fair value and recognizes employee compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. Grants to non-employees are expensed at the earlier of (i) the date at which a commitment for performance by the counterparty to earn the equity instrument is reached and (ii) the date at which the counterparty’s performance is complete

 

Determining the appropriate fair value of stock-based awards requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, and for stock options, the expected life of the option, and expected stock price volatility. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value its stock option awards. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and management uses different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense could be materially different for future awards.

 

The Company uses the following inputs when valuating stock-based awards. The expected life of employee stock options was estimated using the “simplified method,” as the Company has no historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and employment duration for its stock option grants. The simplified method is based on the average of the vesting tranches and the contractual life of each grant. The expected life of awards that vest immediately use the contractual maturity since they are vested when issued. For stock price volatility, the Company uses public company compatibles and historical private placement data as a basis for its expected volatility to calculate the fair value of option grants. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury notes with a term approximating the expected life of the option at the grant-date.

 

Stock-based compensation, including stock-options, warrants and stock issued for compensation is included in the statement of operations as follows:

 

    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2018     2017  
Research and development   $ 106,066     $ 24,000  
Sales and marketing     237,107       27,000  
General and administrative     152,432       152,734  
Total   $ 495,605     $ 203,734  

 

2018 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan

 

The 2018 Plan was approved by the Board of Directors and then the Company’s shareholders at the Company’s 2018 annual meeting of shareholders held on June 9, 2018. The 2018 Plan provides the Company the ability to grant to employees, directors, consultants or advisors shares of common stock of the Company through the grant of equity awards, including, but not limited to, options that are incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options (“NQSOs”) and restricted stock, provided that only employees are entitled to receive incentive stock options in accordance with IRS guidelines. The Company reserved 1,000,000 shares of common stock under the 2018 Plan. Awards that are forfeited generally become available for grant under the 2018 Plan.

 

On September 1, 2018, 617,000 options were issued under the 2018 Plan, 84,000 of those grants were forfeited, leaving 533,000 grants outstanding. No employee options were vested as of December 31, 2018. See below for the range of variables used in assessing the fair value at the grant date for the options issued during the year ended December 31, 2018:

 

    December 31,
2018
 
Annual dividend yield     -  
Expected life (years)     6-10  
Risk-free interest rate     2.78-2.86 %
Expected volatility     36.2 %

 

Employee stock-based compensation expense included in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $106,404.

 

F- 16

 

 

For options issued to a non-employee contractor for the year ended December 31, 2018, vesting was completed on the date of issue. The fair value of these non-employee awards was $1,112 for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Total compensation cost related to non-vested awards issued on September 1, 2018 under the 2018 Plan not yet recognized as of December 31, 2018 is approximately $810,900 and will be recognized on a straight-line basis through the end of the vesting periods which is September 30, 2021. The amount of future stock option compensation expense could be affected by any future option grants or by any forfeitures.

 

2015 Stock Incentive Plan

 

The 2015 Plan provides the Company the ability to grant to employees, directors, consultants or advisors shares of common stock of the Company through the grant of options that are incentive stock options or NQSOs and/or the grant of restricted stock, provided that only employees are entitled to receive incentive stock options in accordance with IRS guidelines. The Company reserved 1,000,000 shares of common stock for delivery under the 2015 Plan. Awards that are forfeited generally become available for grant under the 2015 Plan.

 

There were no grants made under the 2015 Plan during the year ended December 31, 2018. The range of variables used in assessing the fair value at the grant date for the options issued during the year ended December 31, 2017 is presented below:

 

    December 31,
2017
 
Annual dividend yield     -  
Expected life (years)     6.0 – 10.0  
Risk-free interest rate     1.71 – 2.46 %
Expected volatility     21.3 – 22.1 %

 

Employee stock-based compensation expense included in operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $185,673 and $136,002, respectively.

 

For the NQSOs issued for the year ended December 31, 2017, vesting was completed on the date of issue. The fair value of these non-employee awards was $22,445 for the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

Total compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized as of December 31, 2018 was $171,981 and will be recognized on a straight-line basis through the end of the vesting periods or December 31, 2020. The amount of future stock option compensation expense could be affected by any future option grants or by any forfeitures.

 

As of December 31, 2018, 130,521 options are still issuable under the 2015 Plan.

 

A summary of activity under the 2015 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is presented below:

 

    Number of Shares     Weighted Average Exercise Price     Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life
(in Years)
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2016     267,700     $ 2.06       8.76  
Granted     756,500       2.70       9.42  
Exercised     -       -       -  
Forfeited or expired     (40,000 )     2.50       -  
Options outstanding at December 31, 2017     984,200     $ 2.71       8.97  
Granted     -       -       -  
Exercised     (54,256 )     2.25       7.37  
Forfeited or expired     (114,721 )     2.66       8.23  
Options outstanding at December 31, 2018     815,223     $ 2.53       7.72  

 

F- 17

 

 

2012 Employee Stock Benefit Plan

 

A summary of activity under the 2012 Plan for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 is presented below:

 

    Number of Shares     Weighted Average Exercise Price     Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life
(in Years)
 
Warrants outstanding at December 31, 2016     980,004     $ 0.58       7.36  
Granted     8,000       2.50       4.33  
Exercised     (15,000 )     0.50       5.00  
Forfeited or expired     -       -       -  
Warrants outstanding at December 31, 2017     973,004     $ 0.59       6.37  
Granted     -                  
Exercised     (80,000 )     0.50       4.00  
Forfeited or expired     -       -       -  
Warrants outstanding at December 31, 2018     893,004     $ 0.60       5.33  

  

The 2012 Plan provides the Company the ability to grant to directors, employees, consultants, advisors or independent contractors shares of common stock of the Company through the grant of warrants and/or the grant of common stock. The Company reserved 1,000,000 shares of common stock for delivery under the 2012 Plan. Warrants expire 10 to 15 years from the grant date and were vested when issued.

 

As of December 31, 2018, 11,996 warrants are still issuable under the 2012 Plan.

 

The Company recorded $6,966 in stock compensation expense on warrants that vested during the year ended December 31, 2018 issued outside the 2012 Plan in the prior year.

  

Warrants

 

The following warrants were issued outside of the 2012 Plan.

 

Warrants issued to vendors to purchase common stock   Exercise Price     Vested as of December 31, 2018     Issued  
Investor warrants   $ 3.50       942,857       942,857  
Reg A Underwriter warrants   $ 7.475       122,238       122,238  
Warrants issued to vendors   $ 3.20       47,000       47,000  
Total             1,112,095       1,112,095  

 

In connection with our Regulation A offering, the Company issued 122,238 warrants to the underwriter with a strike price of $7.475 per share and a five-year life from the offering qualification date. The variables used in the Black-Scholes calculation were similar to those disclosed under the 2015 Plan and 2012 Plan disclosed above, with the exception that the contractual date was used for expected life. The value of the warrants is both an increase and decrease to common stock as a cost of equity, for a net zero effect within the statement of stockholders’ equity.

 

In December 2017, 47,000 warrants were issued to two service providers with strike prices of $3.20 per share and a ten-year life. Of these, 11,000 warrants vest as follows: 5,000 immediately and 1,500 per month over four months. As of December 31, 2018, all 11,000 warrants were fully vested. The fair value per warrant at the time of issuance was $1.161 based on inputs to the Black-Scholes model, similar to those disclosed under the 2015 Plan and 2012 Plan above.

 

As described in Note 7, on December 27, 2018, the Company granted 942,857 warrants with a strike price of $3.50

 

NOTE 9: CUSTOMER DEPOSITS

 

The Company has received customer deposits ranging from $100 to $10,100 per vehicle for Retail Series production vehicles and $42,000 per vehicle for Signature Series vehicles for purposes of securing a vehicle production slot. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company’s balance of deposits received was $454,624 and $399,967, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, $370,624 and $231,967, respectively, of these deposits were refundable upon demand. Deposits are included in current liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets. When a customer's order is ready to enter the production process, the customer is notified that if they would like to proceed with the purchase of a vehicle, their deposit will no longer be refundable, and any additional deposit required must be paid prior to the start of the manufacturing process. Customer deposits from related parties total $1,700 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

NOTE 10: CONCENTRATIONS AND CREDIT RISKS

 

Revenues

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 the Company had two significant customers, that accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenues. The Company does not believe the loss of these customers would have a material impact on the Company’s business or operations.

 

F- 18

 

 

Accounts Payable

 

For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 the Company had 65% and 80% of its accounts payable balances held by its top five vendors, respectively. During each of these same periods, the Company had two and three of its vendors accounting for more than 10% each of the Company’s accounts payables balances, respectively. Management believes the loss of one of the three vendors from 2017 could have an adverse impact on the Company’s operations. Loss of the other vendors would not have an adverse impact on the Company’s operations.

 

NOTE 11: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

On September 3, 2017, the Company entered into a lease on approximately 30,000 square feet of commercial industrial office and manufacturing space in Eugene, Oregon. The lease began on October 1, 2017 and will terminate on March 31, 2021. Rent was $25,000 for the first month, then is $12,500 per month for months two through forty-one, and one dollar for month forty-two. Starting April 1, 2018, the lease was modified to include an additional approximately 1,000 square feet attached to the main building, and the monthly rent payment was increased to $12,948.

 

On October 5, 2018, the Company converted a month to month lease previously signed on June 11, 2018, into a 60-month lease on approximately 5,000 square feet of commercial industrial office and manufacturing space in Eugene, Oregon. The lease began in October 2018 and will terminate in October 2023. Rent is $4,500 per month increasing by 3% on each annual anniversary of the signing.

 

On October 3, 2018, the Company entered into a lease on approximately 4,491 square feet of retail space in San Diego, California. The lease began on November 1, 2018 and will terminate on October 31, 2023. Initial base rent is $8,982 per month increasing by 3% on each annual anniversary of the signing. In addition to the base rent there is a management fee of 5% of the base rent per month and an additional monthly fee of $377.09, subject to change, for the lessor’s property taxes and insurance. A portion of the space will be used for Arcimoto’s California dealer showroom. On October 18, 2018, we sublet 65% of the premises to Hula Holdings, Inc. (“Hula”) which it expects to use as a rental center for FUVs, among other general retail, dispatching, parking and charging services for electric vehicles. Hula has agreed to pay the landlord 65% of the annual base rent and associated costs under the lease.

 

See the following table for future minimum rent payments by year.

 

Years ending December 31:

 

2019   $ 328,045  
2020     333,089  
2021     208,806  
2022     188,261  
2023     155,502  
Total   $ 1,213,703  

 

Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis. Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 was $199,769 and $107,645, of these amounts $0 and $62,405 was to related parties, respectively.

 

Litigation

 

On March 11, 2018, the Company was served with a lawsuit entitled John R Switzer vs W.R. Hambrecht & Co. LLC et al. , Case Number: CGC-18-564904, filed in San Francisco County Superior Court in the State of California. In this action, the Company was named as a defendant along with five individuals who were directors and/or executive officers at the time of the completion of the Company’s Regulation A offering on September 21, 2017. The action was styled as a putative class action, alleged on behalf of all those who purchased the Company’s common stock in its Regulation A offering. The plaintiff alleged violations of Section 12(a)(2) and Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is seeking damages in an unspecified amount to be proven at trial. In addition, on March 28, 2018, the Company was served with another lawsuit entitled Jay Mendelson v. Arcimoto, Inc . et al., Case Number CGC-18-565324, filed in San Francisco County Superior Court in the State of California. In that action, which was styled as a putative class action, the Company was also named as a defendant along with the same individuals who were directors and/or executive officers at the time of the completion of our Regulation A offering on September 21, 2017. The allegations and claims made in the Mendelson action were substantially similar to those of the Switzer action and the plaintiff was also seeking damages in an unspecified amount to be proven at trial. The two actions were consolidated into a single lawsuit on May 28, 2018. The Company believes that the consolidated lawsuit was without merit and vigorously defended itself against these claims in court. On July 30, 2018, counsel for the Company filed a demurrer to the consolidated complaint, seeking its dismissal. By Order dated September 19, 2018, the San Francisco Court sustained in part and denied in part the demurrer. On September 28, 2018, plaintiffs in that case filed a First Amended Consolidated Complaint. The Company denied the substantive claims and allegations made in that amended pleading and continued to assert a vigorous defense.  On January 25, 2019, the parties reached a settlement agreement in the consolidated cases, subject to court approval. By its terms, the settlement agreement resolves this litigation in its entirety.

 

F- 19

 

 

NOTE 12: INCOME TAXES

 

The 2017 Tax Act, which was signed into law on December 22, 2017, has resulted in significant changes to the U.S. corporate income tax system. These changes include a federal statutory rate reduction from 35% to 21%, the elimination or reduction of certain domestic deductions and credits and limitations on the deductibility of interest expense and executive compensation. The 2017 Tax Act also transitions international taxation from a worldwide system to a modified territorial system. These changes are effective beginning in 2018.

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 are summarized below:

 

    For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2018     2017  
Deferred tax assets:                
Share-based compensation expense   $ 225,022     $ 88,211  
Net operating loss carry forward     5,260,576       2,434,289  
Deferred tax liabilities:                
Property and equipment     (114,003 )     (24,878 )
Federal research and development credit     366,085       259,615  
Oregon research and development credit     176,338       129,675  
Total deferred tax asset     5,914,018       2,886,912  
Valuation Allowance     (5,914,018 )     (2,886,912 )
Net deferred tax asset   $ -     $ -  

 

In assessing the potential realization of these deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the Company attaining future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, management was unable to determine if it is more likely than not that the Company’s deferred tax assets will be realized and has therefore recorded an appropriate valuation allowance against deferred tax assets at such dates. The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets increased $3,027,106 and $485,419 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

No federal tax provision has been provided for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 due to the losses incurred during such periods. The Company’s effective tax rate is different from the federal statutory rate due primarily to operating losses that receive no tax benefit as a result of a valuation allowance recorded for such losses.

 

    For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
    2018     2017  
Statutory U.S. Federal tax rate     21.0 %     34.0 %
Effect of U.S. tax law change 1     - %     (30.0 )%
State and local income taxes - net of Federal benefit     6.6 %     6.6 %
Nondeductible expenses and other     0.9 %     4.0 %
Valuation Allowance     (28.5 )%     (14.6 )%
Effective rate tax     0.0 %     0.0 %

 

1 Due to the Tax Act, our U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2017 were re-measured from 34% to 21%. The change in tax rate resulted in a decrease to our gross U.S. deferred tax assets which is offset by a corresponding decrease to our valuation allowance. This resulted in an adjustment to the Company’s deferred tax assets of $676,000 from the prior period

 

As of December 31, 2018, the Company had net operating loss carry forwards of $10,373,153 which will expire at various dates from 2029 through 2039. The Federal R&D tax credits will expire at various dates from 2032 through 2039, and the Oregon R&D tax credits will expire at various dates from 2018 through 2022.

 

F- 20

 

 

The Company has evaluated its income tax positions and has determined that it does not have any uncertain tax positions. The Company policy is to record interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as income tax expense. The Company may in the future become subject to federal, state and local income taxation though it has not been since its inception. The Company is not presently subject to any income tax audit in any taxing jurisdiction.

 

The Company has identified the United States Federal and Oregon State tax returns as its “major” tax jurisdiction. The United States Federal and Oregon State return years 2015 through 2018 are still subject to tax examination by the United States Internal Revenue Service; however, we do not currently have any ongoing tax examinations.

 

NOTE 13: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

During January and February 2019, 117,192 employee options with an exercise price ranging from $2.0605 per share to $3.10 per share were exercised in cashless transactions at market prices ranging from $2.864 per share to $5.212 per share each of which was based on ranges of the Company’s daily closing price near the transaction dates. The exercises resulted in the issuance of a total of 53,513 shares of the Company’s common stock. These shares meet the requirements for not being restricted from trading.

 

On February 22, 2019, a total of 200,000 employee warrants, 30,000 with an exercise price of $0.50 per share and 170,000 with an exercise price of $0.9375 per share were exercised in cashless transactions at a market price of $5.212 per share, which was based on the average of the Company’s daily closing prices surrounding the transaction dates amounting to the issuance of a total of 164,578 shares of the Company’s common stock. These shares meet the requirements for not being restricted from trading.

 

During January and February 2019, the Company entered into unregistered Subscription Agreements under SEC series 4(a)(2) offering regulations, with four independent investors, pursuant to which the Company issued to the Investors 288,333 shares of its common stock, no par value per share at a purchase price of $3.00 per share.

 

On February 11, 2019, the Company secured $88,850 in equipment financing secured by $94,850 in equipment for 60 months at 9.72% interest for a monthly payment of $1,867.

 

On March 25, 2019, the Company issued 800,000 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $4.25 per share for $3,400,000. The Company expects to net $3,122,000 after deducting $278,000 in various legal and transaction fees.

 

On March 28, 2019, 1,613 employee options were exercised at a price per share of $3.10 for total proceeds to the Company of $5,000.

 

If a majority of the Stockholders approve the resolution at the May 11, 2019, annual meeting, the number of authorized common shares will increase from 20,000,000 to 60,000,000 and the 2,000,000 shares of Class C preferred stock will automatically convert to common stock.

 

F- 21

 

 

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit      

Incorporated by Reference

(Unless Otherwise Indicated)

Number   Exhibit Description   Form   File No.   Exhibit   Filing Date
1.1   Underwriting Agreement               Filed herewith
3.1(a)   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Arcimoto, Inc.               Filed herewith
3.1(b)   Articles of Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Arcimoto, Inc.               Filed herewith
3.2   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Arcimoto, Inc.   1-A   024-10710   2.2   August 8, 2017
10.1   Industrial Lease dated September 3, 2017 by and between Arcimoto, Inc. and 2034 LLC   8-K   024-10710   10.1   October 4, 2017
10.2   Arcimoto, Inc. Second Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Plan #   1-A   024-10710   2.2   August 8, 2017
10.3   Arcimoto, Inc. Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Incentive Plan #   1-A   024-10710   2.2   August 8, 2017
10.4   Arcimoto 2018 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan   8-K   001-38213   10.4   June 13, 2018
10.5   Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant and Award Agreement   8-K   001-38213   10.5   June 13, 2018
10.6   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement   8-K   001-38213   10.6   June 13, 2018
10.7   Industrial Lease dated October 18, 2018 by and between Arcimoto, Inc. and TEJ Enterprises               Filed herewith
10.8   Amendment to Industrial Lease dated October 18, 2018 by and between Arcimoto, Inc. and TEJ Enterprises               Filed herewith
10.9   Exchange Agreement by and between Arcimoto, Inc. and Mark Frohnmayer   8-K   001-38213   10.7   November 21, 2018
10.10   Form of Subscription Agreement for securities offered in registered offering   8-K   001-38213   10.8   November 21, 2018
10.11   Subscription Agreement with FOD Capital, LLC for shares and warrants and a senior secured note   8-K   001-38213   4.1   December 28, 2018
10.12   Warrant to purchase common stock issued to FOD Capital, LLC   8-K   001-38213   4.2   December 28, 2018
10.13   Senior Secured Note issued in favor of FOD Capital, LLC   8-K   001-38213   10.1   December 28, 2018
10.14   Security Agreement dated December 27, 2018 in favor of FOD Capital, LLC   8-K   001-38213   10.2   December 28, 2018
10.15   Intellectual Property Security Agreement dated December 27, 2018 in favor of FOD Capital, LLC   8-K   001-38213   10.3   December 28, 2018
10.16   Collateral Assignment of Lease dated December 27, 2018 in favor of FOD Capital, LLC   8-K   001-38213   10.4   December 28, 2018
23.1   Consent of dbbmckennon, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm               Filed herewith
31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
32.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
101.INS   XBRL Instance Document.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.   -   -   -   Filed herewith
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.   -   -   -   Filed herewith

 

31  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

  ARCIMOTO, INC.
     
Date: March 29, 2019 By: /s/ Mark Frohnmayer
    Mark Frohnmayer
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Capacity   Date
         
/s/ Mark Frohnmayer   President, Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of Directors
  March 29, 2019
Mark Frohnmayer   (principal executive officer)    
         
/s/ Douglas M. Campoli   Chief Financial Officer   March 29, 2019
Douglas M. Campoli   (principal financial and accounting officer)    
         
/s/ Terry Becker   Chief Operating Officer and Director   March 29, 2019
Terry Becker        
         
/s/ Thomas Thurston   Director   March 29, 2019
Thomas Thurston        
         
/s/ Jeff Curl   Director   March 29, 2019
Jeff Curl        
         
/s/ Joshua S. Scherer   Director   March 29, 2019
Joshua S. Scherer        
         
/s/ Jesse G. Eisler   Director   March 29, 2019
Jesse G. Eisler      

 

 

32

 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

ARCIMOTO, INC.

 

4,600,000 Shares of Common Stock
no par value per share

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

July 31, 2017

 

W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC

909 Montgomery Street, 3rd Floor
San Francisco, California 94133

 

Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Arcimoto, Inc., an Oregon corporation (the “ Company ”), proposes, subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Underwriting Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), to issue and sell 4,600,000 shares of its common stock, no par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), to investors (collectively, the “ Investors ”) in an initial public offering pursuant to Regulation A through you as the underwriter (the “ Underwriter ”), acting on a best efforts basis only, in connection with such sales. The shares of Common Stock to be sold in this offering are referred to herein as the “ Shares .” The Shares are more fully described in the Offering Statement (as hereinafter defined).

 

The Company hereby confirms its agreements with the Underwriter concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:

 

1. Agreement to Act on a Best Efforts Basis . On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements of the Company herein contained and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Underwriter agrees to its best efforts in connection with the issuance and sale by the Company of the Shares to the Investors. Under no circumstances will the Underwriter be obligated to underwrite or purchase any of the Shares for its own accounts or otherwise provide any financing. The Company will pay to the Underwriter a fee equal to six percent (6%) (the “ Fee ”) of the gross offering proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Shares, excluding proceeds raised from investors via alternative funding platforms. Further, the Company will pay to the Underwriter five year warrants to purchase such number of shares of common stock representing five percent (5%) of the total number of shares sold in the Amended Final Offering Circular, excluding shares purchased by investors via alternative funding platforms,, with an exercise price at a 15% premium to the price set forth in the Amended Final Offering Circular. For shares purchased by investors sourced via alternative funding platforms, the Company will pay to the Underwriter a fee equal to three percent (3%) of the gross proceeds. For the avoidance of doubt, “alternative funding platforms” shall include investors sourced via the direct “Invest now” functionality on the Company’s web site and on the Fundable.com web site.

 

 

 

 

The Underwriter shall have the right to enter into selected dealer agreements with other broker-dealers participating in the Offering (each dealer being referred to herein as a “Dealer” and said dealers being collectively referred to herein as the “ Dealers ”). The Fee shall be re-allowable, in whole or in part, to the Dealers. The Company will not be liable or responsible to any Dealer for direct payment of compensation to any Dealer, it being the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Underwriter for payment of compensation to Dealers with whom the Underwriter entered into an agreement.

 

2. Delivery and Payment .

 

(a) On or after the date of this Agreement, the Company, the Underwriter and Prime Trust, LLC (the “ Agent ”) will enter into an escrow agreement substantially in the form included as an exhibit to the Offering Statement (the “ Escrow Agreement ”), pursuant to which a separate bank account, as agent or trustee for the persons who have the beneficial interests therein, will be established, as an expense of the Company, for the benefit of the Investors (the “ Separate Account ”).

 

(b) Prior to the closing date of the offering, purchases of Shares may be through broker transactions where each Investor will provide instructions to its Broker to purchase shares in accordance with FINRA regulations and (iii) funds received from any Investor will be promptly transmitted to the Separate Account in compliance with Rule 15c2-4 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”). The Agent will notify the Company and the Underwriter in writing whether the balance of the Separate Account contains collected funds in the amount equal to the proceeds for the sale of 160,000 Shares offered hereby (the “ Requisite Funds ”).

 

(1) If the Agent shall have received at least the Requisite Funds as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Underwriter (the “Initial Closing Date ”), the Agent will release the balance of the Separate Account for collection by the Company and the Underwriter as provided in the Escrow Agreement and the Company shall deliver the Shares purchased on the Closing Date to the Investors, which delivery may be made through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) or via book entry with the Company’s securities registrar and transfer agent, Computershare (the “ Transfer Agent ”). The closing (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the office of the Underwriter or such other location as the Underwriter and the Company shall mutually agree. All actions taken at the Closing shall be deemed to have occurred simultaneously on the date of the Closing.

 

2

 

 

(2) If the Requisite Funds have not been received immediately prior to the Closing Date, the offering will not proceed and the Agent will promptly return the funds to the investors without interest.

 

(3) If the Agent shall have received at least the Requisite Funds on or before the Final Closing Date, then on the Final Closing Date, the Company will issue to the Underwriter (and/or its designee) warrants to purchase that number of shares of Common Stock equal to five percent (5%) of the shares issued and sold by the Underwriter on all Closing Dates (adjusted upward to the nearest whole share) (the “ Underwriter’s Warrants ”). The Underwriter’s Warrants shall be in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto. The Underwriter’s Warrants shall have an exercise price per share equal to one hundred fifteen percent (115%) of the price per Share as shown on the cover page of the Amended Final Offering Circular (as defined below). The Underwriter’s Warrants will be exercisable for a term of five years beginning on the Qualification Date (as defined below). The Underwriter understands and agrees that there are significant restrictions pursuant to Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) Rule 5110 against transferring the Underwriter’s Warrants and the underlying shares of Common Stock during the one hundred eighty (180) days after the Qualification Date and by its acceptance thereof shall agree that it will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate the Underwriter’s Warrants, or any portion thereof, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of such securities for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the Qualification Date to anyone other than (i) an underwriter or selected dealer in connection with the offering contemplated hereby or (ii) a bona fide officer or partner of the Underwriter or of any underwriter or selected dealer; and only if any such transferee agrees to the foregoing lock-up restrictions.

 

3. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants and covenants to the Underwriter that:

 

(a) The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) an offering statement on Form 1-A (File No. 024-10557) (collectively, with the various parts of such offering statement, each as amended as of the Qualification Date for such part, including any Offering Circular and all exhibits to such offering statement as may have been amended, the “ Offering Statement ”) relating to the Shares pursuant to Regulation A as promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), and the other applicable rules, orders and regulations (collectively referred to as the “ Rules and Regulations ”) of the Commission promulgated under the Act. As used in this Agreement:

 

(1) “Applicable Time ” means 5:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on the date of this Agreement;

 

3

 

 

(2) Amended Final Offering Circular ” means the Final Offering Circular relating to the public offering of the Shares as filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation A of the Rules and Regulations on May 31, 2016 and as amended on    , 2017;

 

(3) Preliminary Offering Circular ” means any preliminary offering circular relating to the Shares included in the Offering Statement pursuant to Regulation A of the Rules and Regulations;

 

(4) Pricing Disclosure Materials ” means the most recent Preliminary Offering Circular and the materials identified in Schedule 1 hereto;

 

(5) Qualification Date ” means the date as of which the Offering Statement was or will be qualified with the Commission pursuant to Regulation A, the Act and the Rules and Regulations; and

 

(6) Testing-the-Waters Communication ” means any video or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Rule 255 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

(b) The Offering Statement, has been filed with the Commission in accordance with the Act and Regulation A of the Rules and Regulations; no stop order of the Commission preventing or suspending the qualification or use of the Offering Statement, or any amendment thereto, has been issued, and no proceedings for such purpose have been instituted or, to the Company’s, knowledge, are contemplated by the Commission.

 

(c) The Offering Statement, at the time it became qualified including any subsequent amendments thereto, as of the date hereof, and as the Closing Date, conformed and will conform in all material respects to the requirements of Regulation A, the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

 

(d) The Offering Statement, at the time it became qualified including any subsequent amendments thereto, as of the date hereof, and as of each Closing Date, did not and will not, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

(e) The Preliminary Offering Circular did not, as of its date, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to the statements provided by the Underwriter and contained in the Preliminary Offering Circular as set forth in Section 8 (a).

 

4

 

 

(f) The Amended Final Offering Circular will not, as of its date and on the Closing Date, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to the statements provided by the Underwriter and contained in the Preliminary Offering Circular as set forth in Section 8 (a).

 

(g) The Pricing Disclosure Materials and each Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together, did not, as of the Applicable Time, contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided, however, that the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to the statements provided by the Underwriter and contained in the Preliminary Offering Circular as set forth in Section 8 (a).

 

(h) As of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, the Company is duly organized and validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Oregon. The Company has full power and authority to conduct all the activities conducted by it, to own and lease all the assets owned and leased by it and to conduct its business as presently conducted and as described in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Amended Final Offering Circular. The Company is duly licensed or qualified to do business and in good standing as a foreign organization in all jurisdictions in which the nature of the activities conducted by it or the character of the assets owned or leased by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on or affecting the business, prospects, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). Complete and correct copies of the articles of incorporation and of the bylaws of the Company and all amendments thereto have been made available to the Underwriter, and no changes therein will be made subsequent to the date hereof and prior to any Closing Date.

 

(i) The Company has no subsidiaries, nor does it own a controlling interest in any entity other than those entities set forth on Schedule 3 to this Agreement (each a “ Subsidiary ” and collectively the “ Subsidiaries ”). Each Subsidiary has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation. Each Subsidiary is duly qualified and in good standing as a foreign company in each jurisdiction in which the character or location of its properties (owned, leased or licensed) or the nature or conduct of its business makes such qualification necessary, except for those failures to be so qualified or in good standing which would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All of the shares of issued capital stock of each corporate subsidiary, and all of the share capital, membership interests and/or equity interests of each subsidiary that is not a corporation, have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, claim, security interest, restriction on transfer, shareholders’ agreement, proxy, voting trust or other defect of title whatsoever.

 

5

 

 

(j) The Company is organized in, and its principal place of business is in, the United States.

 

(k) The Company is not subject to the ongoing reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and has not been subject to an order by the Commission denying, suspending, or revoking the registration of any class of securities pursuant to Section 12(j) of the Exchange Act that was entered within five years preceding the date the Offering Statement was originally filed with the Commission. The Company is not, and has not been at any time during the two-year period preceding the date the Offering Statement was originally filed with the Commission, required to file with the Commission the ongoing reports required by the Rules and Regulations under Regulation A.

 

(l) The Company is not, nor upon completion of the transactions contemplated herein will it be, an “investment company” or an “affiliated person” of, or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for, an “investment company,” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”). The Company is not a development stage company or a “business development company” as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of the Investment Company Act. The Company is not a blank check company and is not an issuer of fractional undivided interests in oil or gas rights or similar interests in other mineral rights. The Company is not an issuer of asset-backed securities as defined in Item 1101(c) of Regulation AB.

 

(m) Neither the Company, nor any predecessor of the Company; nor any other issuer affiliated with the Company; nor any director or executive officer of the Company or other officer of the Company participating in the offering, nor any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, nor any promoter connected with the Company, is subject to the disqualification provisions of Rule 262 of the Rules and Regulations.

 

(n) The Company is not a “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Act.

 

(o) The Company has full legal right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement and perform the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement and the Escrow Agreement have each been authorized and validly executed and delivered by the Company and are each a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and equitable principles of general applicability.

 

6

 

 

(p) The issuance and sale of the Shares have been duly authorized by the Company, and, when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will not be subject to preemptive or similar rights. The holders of the Shares will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders. The Shares, when issued, will conform to the description thereof set forth in the Amended Final Offering Circular in all material respects.

 

(q) The Company has not authorized anyone other than the management of the Company and the Underwriter to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Underwriter have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule 2 hereto.

 

(r) The financial statements and the related notes included in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Amended Final Offering Circular present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows at the dates and for the periods covered thereby in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), except as may be stated in the related notes thereto. No other financial statements or schedules of the Company, any Subsidiary or any other entity are required by the Act or the Rules and Regulations to be included in the Offering Statement or the Amended Final Offering Circular. There are no off-balance sheet arrangements (as defined in Regulation S-K Item 303(a)(4)(ii)) that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

(s) DBB McKennon (the “Accountants”), who have reported on the financial statements and schedules described in Section 3(s), are registered independent public accountants with respect to the Company as required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations and by the rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. The financial statements of the Company and the related notes and schedules included in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Amended Final Offering Circular comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations and present fairly the information shown therein.

 

7

 

 

(t) Since the date of the most recent financial statements of the Company included or incorporated by reference in the Offering Statement and the most recent Preliminary Offering Circular and prior to the Closing, other than as described in the Amended Final Offering Circular (A) there has not been and will not have been any change in the capital stock of the Company or long-term debt of the Company or any Subsidiary or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by the Company on any class of capital stock or equity interests, or any material adverse change, or any development that would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change, in or affecting the business, prospects, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity, or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Change ”) and (B) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has sustained or will sustain any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority, except in each case as otherwise disclosed in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Amended Final Offering Circular.

 

(u) Since the date as of which information is given in the most recent Preliminary Offering Circular, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has entered or will before the Closing enter into any transaction or agreement, not in the ordinary course of business, that is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred or will incur any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary course of business, that is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any plans to do any of the foregoing.

 

(v) The Company and each Subsidiary has good and valid title in fee simple to all items of real property and good and valid title to all personal property described in the Offering Statement or the Amended Final Offering Circular as being owned by them, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and claims except those that (1) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Subsidiaries or (2) would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Any real property described in the Offering Statement or the Amended Final Offering Circular as being leased by the Company or any Subsidiary that is material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole is held by them under valid, existing and enforceable leases, except those that (A) do not materially interfere with the use made or proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its Subsidiaries or (B) would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8

 

 

(w) There are no legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings pending, either domestic or foreign, to which the Company is a party or to which any property of the Company is the subject, nor are there, to the Company’s knowledge, any threatened legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, either domestic or foreign, involving the Company or any property of the Company that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to the Company, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement; to the Company’s knowledge, no such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others.

 

(x) The Company and each Subsidiary has, and at each Closing Date will have, (1) all governmental licenses, permits, consents, orders, approvals and other authorizations necessary to carry on its business as presently conducted except where the failure to have such governmental licenses, permits, consents, orders, approvals and other authorizations would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (2) performed all its obligations required to be performed, and is not, and at each Closing Date will not be, in default, under any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, voting trust agreement, loan agreement, bond, debenture, note agreement, lease, contract or other agreement or instrument (collectively, a “ contract or other agreement ”) to which it is a party or by which its property is bound or affected and, to the Company’s knowledge, no other party under any material contract or other agreement to which it is a party is in default in any respect thereunder. The Company and its Subsidiaries are not in violation of any provision of its organizational or governing documents.

 

(y) The Company has obtained all authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, exemption, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency or any sub-division thereof that is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Shares and the Underwriter’s Securities under this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as may be required under federal, state, local and foreign laws, the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, state securities or Blue Sky laws, the rules and regulations of FINRA.

 

(z) There is no actual or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, enforcement action or investigation by any governmental authority that has jurisdiction over the Company, and to its knowledge, the Company has received no notice of any pending or threatened claim or investigation against the Company that would provide a legal basis for any enforcement action, and the Company has no reason to believe that any governmental authority is considering such action.

 

9

 

 

(aa) Neither the execution of this Agreement, nor the issuance, offering or sale of the Shares, nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated herein, nor the compliance by the Company with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof will conflict with, or will result in a breach of, any of the terms and provisions of, or has constituted or will constitute a default under, or has resulted in or will result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of any contract or other agreement to which the Company or any Subsidiary may be bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary is subject, except such conflicts, breaches or defaults as may have been waived or would not, in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; nor will such action result in any violation, except such violations that would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, of (1) the provisions of the organizational or governing documents of the Company or any Subsidiary, or (2) any statute or any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any Subsidiary or of any court or of any federal, state or other regulatory authority or other government body having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

(bb) There is no document or contract of a character required to be described in the Offering Statement or the Amended Final Offering Circular or to be filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement which is not described or filed as required. All such contracts to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party have been authorized, executed and delivered by the Company or any Subsidiary, and constitute valid and binding agreements of the Company or any Subsidiary, and are enforceable against the Company in accordance with the terms thereof, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and equitable principles of general applicability. None of these contracts have been suspended or terminated for convenience or default by the Company or any of the other parties thereto, and the Company has not received notice of any such pending or threatened suspension or termination.

 

(cc) The Company and its directors, officers or controlling persons have not taken, directly or indirectly, any action intended, or which might reasonably be expected, to cause or result, under the Act or otherwise, in, or which has constituted, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Company’s Common Stock.

 

(dd) No holder of securities of the Company has rights to the registration of any securities of the Company as a result of the filing of the Offering Statement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for such rights as have been waived or as are described in the Offering Statement.

 

(ee) No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any Subsidiary exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is threatened, and the Company is not aware of any existing or threatened labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or any Subsidiary’s principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors.

 

10

 

 

(ff) The Company and each of its subsidiaries: (i) are and have been in material compliance with all laws, to the extent applicable, and the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws, and comparable state laws, and all other local, state, federal, national and foreign laws, manual provisions, policies and administrative guidance relating to the regulation of the Company and its subsidiaries except for such non-compliance as would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) have not received notice of any ongoing claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from any Regulatory Agency or third party alleging that any product operation or activity is in material violation of any laws and has no knowledge that any such Regulatory Agency or third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding; and (iii) are not a party to any corporate integrity agreement, deferred prosecution agreement, monitoring agreement, consent decree, settlement order, or similar agreements, or has any reporting obligations pursuant to any such agreement, plan or correction or other remedial measure entered into with any Governmental Authority.

 

(gg) The business and operations of the Company, and each of its Subsidiaries, have been and are being conducted in compliance with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, licenses, permits, approvals, plans, authorizations or requirements relating to occupational safety and health, or pollution, or protection of health or the environment (including, without limitation, those relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants, contaminants or hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes into ambient air, surface water, groundwater or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of chemical substances, pollutants, contaminants or hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, whether solid, gaseous or liquid in nature) of any governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality of the United States, any state or political subdivision thereof, or any foreign jurisdiction (“ Environmental Laws ”), and all applicable judicial or administrative agency or regulatory decrees, awards, judgments and orders relating thereto, except where the failure to be in such compliance would not be reasonably expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice from any governmental instrumentality or any third party alleging any material violation thereof or liability thereunder (including, without limitation, liability for costs of investigating or remediating sites containing hazardous substances and/or damages to natural resources).

 

(hh) There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials (as defined below) by or caused by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other entity (including any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or could reasonably be expected to be liable at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or at, on, under or from any other property or facility, in violation of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that could reasonably be expected to result in any liability under any Environmental Law, except for any violation or liability which would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. “ Hazardous Materials ” means any material, chemical, substance, waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos containing materials, naturally occurring radioactive materials, brine, and drilling mud, regulated or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law. “ Release ” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating in, into or through the environment, or in, into from or through any building or structure.

 

11

 

 

(ii) The Company and its Subsidiaries own, possess, license or have other adequate rights to use, on reasonable terms, all material patents, patent applications, trade and service marks, trade and service mark registrations, trade names, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how and other intellectual property necessary for the conduct of the Company’s and each of its Subsidiary’s business as now conducted (collectively, the “ Intellectual Property ”), except to the extent such failure to own, possess or have other rights to use such Intellectual Property would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth in the Amended Final Offering Circular: (a) no party has been granted an exclusive license to use any portion of such Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries; (b) to the knowledge of the Company, there is no infringement by third parties of any such Intellectual Property owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or its Subsidiaries; (c) the Company is not aware of any defects in the preparation and filing of any of patent applications, as listed in Exhibit C, within the Intellectual Property; (d) to the knowledge of the Company, the patent applications, as listed in Exhibit C, within the Intellectual Property are being prosecuted so as to avoid the abandonment thereof; (e) to the knowledge of the Company, the patents, as listed in Exhibit C, within the Intellectual Property are being maintained and the required maintenance fees (if any) are being paid; (f) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ rights in or to any Intellectual Property, and the Company and its Subsidiaries are unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; (g) there is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others challenging the validity or scope or enforceability of any such Intellectual Property, and the Company and its Subsidiaries are unaware of any facts which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim; and (h) there is no pending, or to the knowledge of the Company, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by others that the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ business as now conducted infringes or otherwise violates any patent, trademark, copyright, trade secret or other proprietary rights of others, and the Company and its Subsidiaries are unaware of any other fact which would form a reasonable basis for any such claim. To the knowledge of the Company, no opposition filings or invalidation filings have been submitted which have not been finally resolved in connection with any of the Company’s patents and patent applications in any jurisdiction where the Company has applied for, or received, a patent.

 

12

 

 

(jj) Except as would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and each Subsidiary (1) has timely filed all federal, state, provincial, local and foreign tax returns that are required to be filed by such entity through the date hereof, which returns are true and correct, or has received timely extensions for the filing thereof, and (2) has paid all taxes, assessments, penalties, interest, fees and other charges due or claimed to be due from the Company, other than (A) any such amounts being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (B) any such amounts currently payable without penalty or interest. There are no tax audits or investigations pending, which if adversely determined could have a Material Adverse Effect; nor to the knowledge of the Company are there any proposed additional tax assessments against the Company or any Subsidiary which could have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. No transaction, stamp, capital or other issuance, registration, transaction, transfer or withholding tax or duty is payable by or on behalf of the Underwriter to any foreign government outside the United States or any political subdivision thereof or any authority or agency thereof or therein having the power to tax in connection with (i) the issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares by the Company; (ii) the purchase from the Company, and the initial sale and delivery of the Shares to purchasers thereof; or (iii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement or any other document to be furnished hereunder.

 

(kk) On each Closing Date, all stock transfer or other taxes (other than income taxes) which are required to be paid in connection with the sale and transfer of the Shares to be issued and sold on such Closing Date will be, or will have been, fully paid or provided for by the Company and all laws imposing such taxes will be or will have been fully complied with.

 

(ll) The Company and its Subsidiaries are insured with insurers with appropriately rated claims paying abilities against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary for the businesses in which they are engaged; all policies of insurance and fidelity or surety bonds insuring the Company, each Subsidiary or their respective businesses, assets, employees, officers and directors are in full force and effect; and there are no claims by the Company or its Subsidiary under any such policy or instrument as to which any insurance company is denying liability or defending under a reservation of rights clause; neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has been refused any insurance coverage sought or applied for; and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a cost that is not materially greater than the current cost. The Company has obtained director’s and officer’s insurance in such amounts as is customary for a similarly situated company engaging in an initial public offering of securities.

 

13

 

 

(mm) Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries, nor any director, officer, agent or employee of either the Company or any Subsidiary has directly or indirectly, (1) made any unlawful contribution to any federal, state, local and foreign candidate for public office, or failed to disclose fully any contribution in violation of law, (2) made any payment to any federal, state, local and foreign governmental officer or official, or other person charged with similar public or quasi-public duties, other than payments required or permitted by the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction thereof, (3) violated or is in violation of any provisions of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, or (4) made any bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment.

 

(nn) The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance in all material respects with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no material action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(oo) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions (the “ Sanctions Regulations ”) administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC or listed on the OFAC Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List. Neither the Company nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company, is named on any denied party or entity list administered by the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce pursuant to the Export Administration Regulations (“ EAR ”); and the Company will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of any person currently subject to any Sanctions Regulations or to support activities in or with countries sanctioned by said authorities, or for engaging in transactions that violate the EAR.

 

14

 

 

(pp) The Company has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of the last Closing Date and completion of the distribution of the Shares, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares other than each Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Amended Final Offering Circular, or such other materials as to which the Underwriter shall have consented in writing.

 

(qq) Each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), and all stock purchase, stock option, stock-based severance, employment, change-in-control, medical, disability, fringe benefit, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, employee loan and all other employee benefit plans, agreements, programs, policies or other arrangements, whether or not subject to ERISA, that is maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or any of its affiliates for employees or former employees, directors or independent contractors of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has had or has any present or future obligation or liability, has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to ERISA and the Code; no prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred which would result in a material liability to the Company with respect to any such plan excluding transactions effected pursuant to a statutory or administrative exemption; no event has occurred (including a “reportable event” as such term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA) and no condition exists that would subject the Company to any material tax, fine, lien, penalty, or liability imposed by ERISA, the Code or other applicable law; and for each such plan that is subject to the funding rules of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, no “accumulated funding deficiency” as defined in Section 412 of the Code has been incurred, whether or not waived, and the fair market value of the assets of each such plan (excluding for these purposes accrued but unpaid contributions) exceeds the present value of all benefits accrued under such plan determined using reasonable actuarial assumptions.

 

(rr) No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company or any Subsidiary, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of the Company or any Subsidiary, on the other, which would be required to be disclosed in the Offering Statement, the Preliminary Offering Circular and the Amended Final Offering Circular and is not so disclosed.

 

(ss) The Company has not sold or issued any securities that would be integrated with the offering of the Shares contemplated by this Agreement pursuant to the Act, the Rules and Regulations or the interpretations thereof by the Commission or that would fail to come within the safe harbor for integration under Regulation A.

 

15

 

 

(tt) Except as set forth in this Agreement, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or the Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the offering of the Shares.

 

(uu) To the knowledge of the Company, there are no affiliations with FINRA among the Company’s directors, officers or any five percent or greater stockholder of the Company or any beneficial owner of the Company’s unregistered equity securities that were acquired during the 180-day period immediately preceding the initial filing date of the Offering Statement.

 

(vv) There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business) or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of their respective family members. The Company has not directly or indirectly, including through its Subsidiaries, extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed any extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or executive officer of the Company or any of their respective related interests, other than any extensions of credit that ceased to be outstanding prior to the initial filing of the Offering Statement. No transaction has occurred between or among the Company and any of its officers or directors, stockholders, customers, suppliers or any affiliate or affiliates of the foregoing that is required to be described or filed as an exhibit to in the Offering Statement, the Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials or the Amended Final Offering Circular and is not so described.

 

(ww) The Company has the power to submit, and pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the personal jurisdiction of each United States federal court and California state court located in Orange County, California, U.S.A. (each, a “ California Court ”), and the Company has the power to designate, appoint and authorize, and pursuant to Section 13 of this Agreement, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably designated, appointed and authorized an agent for service of process in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Shares in any California Court, and service of process effected on such authorized agent will be effective to confer valid personal jurisdiction over the Company as provided in Section 13 hereof.

 

(xx) The Underwriter’s Warrants have been duly authorized for issuance. The Company has reserved a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock for issuance upon exercise of the Underwriter’s Warrants and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of the Underwriter’s Warrants, such shares of Common Stock will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (such shares of Common Stock, together with the Underwriter’s Warrants, the “ Underwriter’s Securities ”). The issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to the Underwriter’s Warrants will not be subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or other similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

16

 

 

4. Agreements of the Company .

 

(a) The Offering Statement has become qualified, and the Company will file the Amended Final Offering Circular, subject to the prior approval of the Underwriter, pursuant to Rule 253 and Regulation A, within the prescribed time period and will provide a copy of such filing to the Underwriter promptly following such filing.

 

(b) The Company will not, during such period as the Amended Final Offering Circular would be required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of the Shares by an underwriter or dealer in connection with the offering contemplated by this Agreement (whether physically or through compliance with Rules 251 and 254 under the Act or any similar rule(s)), file any amendment or supplement to the Offering Statement or the Amended Final Offering Circular unless a copy thereof shall first have been submitted to the Underwriter within a reasonable period of time prior to the filing thereof and the Underwriter shall not have reasonably objected thereto in good faith.

 

(c) The Company will notify the Underwriter promptly, and will, if requested, confirm such notification in writing: (1) when any amendment to the Offering Statement is filed; (2) of any request by the Commission for any amendments to the Offering Statement or any amendment or supplements to the Amended Final Offering Circular or for additional information; (3) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order preventing or suspending the qualification of the Offering Statement or the Amended Final Offering Circular, or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose or the threat thereof; (4) of becoming aware of the occurrence of any event that in the judgment of the Company makes any statement made in the Offering Statement, the Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials or the Amended Final Offering Circular untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in the Offering Statement, the Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials or the Amended Final Offering Circular in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they are made, not misleading; and (5) of receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to any suspension of the qualification or exemption from registration of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction. If at any time the Commission shall issue any order suspending the qualification of the Offering Statement in connection with the offering contemplated hereby or in connection with sales of Common Stock pursuant to market making activities by the Underwriter, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal of any such order at the earliest possible moment. If the Company has omitted any information from the Offering Statement, it will use its best efforts to comply with the provisions of and make all requisite filings with the Commission pursuant to Regulation A, the Act and the Rules and Regulations and to notify the Underwriter promptly of all such filings.

 

17

 

 

(d) If, at any time when the Amended Final Offering Circular relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of any event as a result of which the Amended Final Offering Circular, as then amended or supplemented, would, in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the Company or counsel to the Underwriter, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or the Offering Statement, as then amended or supplemented, would, in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the Company or counsel to the Underwriter, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or if for any other reason it is necessary, in the reasonable judgment of counsel to the Company or counsel to the Underwriter, at any time to amend or supplement the Amended Final Offering Circular or the Offering Statement to comply with the Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriter and will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, at the Company’s expense, an amendment to the Offering Statement and/or an amendment or supplement to the Amended Final Offering Circular that corrects such statement and/or omission or effects such compliance and will deliver to the Underwriter, without charge, such number of copies thereof as the Underwriter may reasonably request. The Company consents to the use of the Amended Final Offering Circular or any amendment or supplement thereto by the Underwriter, and the Underwriter agrees to provide to each Investor, prior to the Closing and a copy of the Amended Final Offering Circular and any amendments or supplements thereto.

 

(e) The Company will furnish to the Underwriter and their counsel, without charge (a) one conformed copy of the Offering Statement as originally filed with the Commission and each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and all exhibits thereto, and (b) so long as an offering circular relating to the Shares is required to be delivered under the Act or the Rules and Regulations, as many copies of each Preliminary Offering Circular or the Amended Final Offering Circular or any amendment or supplement thereto as the Underwriter may reasonably request.

 

(f) If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company has or will promptly notify the Underwriter in writing and has or will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

18

 

 

(g) The Company will comply with any undertakings contained in the Offering Statement.

 

(h) Prior to the sale of the Shares to the Investors, the Company will cooperate with the Underwriter and its counsel in connection with the registration or qualification, or exemption therefrom, of the Shares for offer and sale under the state securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Underwriter may reasonably request; provided, that in no event shall the Company be obligated to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not now so subject.

 

(i) The Company will apply the net proceeds from the offering and sale of the Shares in the manner set forth in the Amended Final Offering Circular under the caption “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(j) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that the Shares are quoted for trading on the NASDAQ upon approval of the Underwriter’s Form 211 filed with FINRA relative to the Underwriter’s quotation of the Shares.

 

(k) The Company will not at any time, directly or indirectly, take any action intended, or which might reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which will constitute, stabilization of the price of the Shares to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Shares.

 

(l) The Company will not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of the Underwriter, offer to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant any option or warrant to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of (or announce any offer, sale, grant of any option or warrant to purchase or other disposition), any shares of capital stock of the Company or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of capital stock of the Company, (the “ Lock-Up Securities ”) for a period of 180 days after the date of this Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), except with respect to (i) the Shares to be sold hereunder, (ii) the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of stock options and warrants outstanding as of the date hereof and the issuance of Common Stock or stock options under any employee benefit or stock incentive plan of the Company existing on the date hereof, and described in the Amended Final Offering Circular, (iii) the issuance of Common Stock or stock options under any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan described in the Amended Final Offering Circular, or (iv) the issuance of any shares of Common Stock by the Company in connection with a licensing agreement, joint venture, acquisition or business combination or other collaboration or strategic transaction, provided, however that recipients of such shares of Common Stock agree to be bound by the terms of the lock-up letter described in Section 7(i) hereof and the sum of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock so issued shall not exceed 10% of the total outstanding shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following the consummation of this offering of Shares. If the Underwriter agrees to waive or release any Lock-Up Securities from the Lock-Up Period, the Company will announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of such release or waiver.

 

19

 

 

5. Representations and Warranties of the Underwriter; Agreements of the Underwriter . The Underwriter represents and warrants and covenants to the Company that:

 

(a) The Underwriter agrees that it shall not include any “ issuer information ” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Act) in any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication used or referred to by such Underwriter without the prior consent of the Company (any such issuer information with respect to whose use the Company has given its consent, “ Permitted Issuer Information ”), provided that “ issuer information ” (as defined in Rule 433 under the Act) within the meaning of this Section 5 shall not be deemed to include information prepared by the Underwriter on the basis of, or derived from, “issuer information”.

 

(b) The Underwriter is a member of FINRA and each of them and their respective employees and representatives have all required licenses and registrations to act under this Agreement, and each shall remain a member or duly licensed, as the case may be, during the Offering.

 

(c) Except for participating Dealer agreements, no agreement will be made by the Underwriter with any person permitting the resale, repurchase or distribution of any Shares purchased by such person.

 

(d) Except as otherwise consented to by the Company, the Underwriter has not and will not use or distribute any written offering materials other than the Preliminary Offering Circular, Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Amended Final Offering Circular. The Underwriter has not and will not use any “broker-dealer use only” materials with members of the public, or has not and will not make any unauthorized verbal representations or verbal representations which contradict or are inconsistent with the statements made in the Offering Statement in connection with offers or sales of the Shares.

 

20

 

 

6. Expenses .

 

(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company will pay, or reimburse if paid by the Underwriter, all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including but not limited to costs and expenses of or relating to (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Offering Statement (including each and every amendment thereto) and exhibits thereto, each Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials, the Amended Final Offering Circular and any amendments or supplements thereto, including all fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel and accountants to the Company, (ii) the preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Shares (if any), (iii) furnishing (including costs of shipping and mailing) such copies of the Offering Statement (including each and every amendment thereto), each Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials, the Amended Final Offering Circular, and all amendments and supplements thereto, as may be requested for use in connection with the direct placement of the Shares and market making activities of the Underwriter, (iv) all fees and expenses in connection with listing the Shares on the NASDAQ including any supplemental listing application, (v) any filings required to be made by the Underwriter with FINRA, and the fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel for the Underwriter in connection therewith, and in connection with any required review by FINRA, (vi) the registration or qualification of the Shares and the Underwriter’s Securities (as defined in Section 3(zz)) for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions designated pursuant to Section 4(h), including the fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Underwriter in connection therewith and the preparation and printing of preliminary, supplemental and final Blue Sky memoranda, (vii) fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Company, (viii) all transfer taxes, if any, with respect to the sale and delivery of the Shares by the Company to the Investors, and (ix) fees and disbursements of the Accountants incurred in delivering the letter(s) described in Section 7(f) of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to pay or reimburse amounts incurred under (v) and (vi) above in excess of $30,000.

 

(b) If this Agreement is terminated by the Underwriter in accordance with the provisions of Section 7, Section 9(a)(iii), (iv) or (vi), the Company shall reimburse the Underwriter for all of its documented out-of-pocket expenses, up to a maximum reimbursement of $50,000 (“ Reimbursable Expenses ”).

 

7. Conditions of the Obligations of the Underwriter. The obligations of the Underwriter hereunder are subject to the following conditions:

 

(a) (i) No stop order suspending the qualification of the Offering Statement shall have been issued, and no proceedings for that purpose shall be pending or threatened by any securities or other governmental authority (including, without limitation, the Commission), (ii) no order suspending the effectiveness of the Offering Statement or the qualification or exemption of the Shares under the securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction shall be in effect and no proceeding for such purpose shall be pending before, or threatened or contemplated by, any securities or other governmental authority (including, without limitation, the Commission), (iii) any request for additional information on the part of the staff of any securities or other governmental authority (including, without limitation, the Commission) shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of the staff of the Commission or such authorities and (iv) after the date hereof no amendment or supplement to the Offering Statement or the Amended Final Offering Circular shall have been filed unless a copy thereof was first submitted to the Underwriter and the Underwriter did not object thereto in good faith, and the Underwriter shall have received certificates of the Company, dated as of each Closing Date and signed by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, to the effect of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii).

 

21

 

 

(b) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Amended Final Offering Circular, (a) there shall not have been a Material Adverse Change, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business, in each case other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Amended Final Offering Circular and (b) the Company shall not have sustained any material loss or interference with its business or properties from fire, explosion, flood or other casualty, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or any court or legislative or other governmental action, order or decree, which is not set forth in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Amended Final Offering Circular, if in the reasonable judgment of the Underwriter any such development makes it impracticable or inadvisable to consummate the sale and delivery of the Shares to Investors and the delivery of the Underwriter’s Securities as contemplated hereby.

 

(c) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Amended Final Offering Circular, there shall have been no litigation or other proceeding instituted against the Company or any of its officers or directors in their capacities as such, before or by any federal, state or local or foreign court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body, domestic or foreign, which litigation or proceeding, in the reasonable judgment of the Underwriter, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d) Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein shall be true and correct as of each Closing Date in all respects for those representations and warranties qualified by materiality and in all material respects for those representations and warranties that are not qualified by materiality, as if made on such date, and all covenants and agreements herein contained to be performed on the part of the Company and all conditions herein contained to be fulfilled or complied with by the Company at or prior to such Closing Date shall have been duly performed, fulfilled or complied with in all material respects.

 

22

 

 

(e) At the Closing, the Accountants shall have furnished to the Underwriter a letter, dated the date of its delivery (the “ Comfort Letter ”), addressed to the Underwriter and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriter containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to Underwriter with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Offering Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Materials and the Amended Final Offering Circular.

 

(f) At the Closing, there shall be furnished to the Underwriter a certificate, dated the date of its delivery, signed by each of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriter to the effect that each signer has carefully examined the Offering Statement, the Amended Final Offering Circular and the Pricing Disclosure Materials, and that to each of such person’s knowledge:

 

(1) As of the date of each such certificate, (x) the Offering Statement does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading and (y) neither the Amended Final Offering Circular nor the Pricing Disclosure Materials contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (2) no event has occurred as a result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Amended Final Offering Circular in order to make the statements therein not untrue or misleading in any material respect.

 

(2) Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement were, when originally made, and are, at the time such certificate is delivered, true and correct in all respects for those representations and warranties qualified by materiality and in all material respects for those representations and warranties that are not qualified by materiality.

 

(3) Each of the covenants required herein to be performed by the Company on or prior to the date of such certificate has been duly, timely and fully performed and each condition herein required to be complied with by the Company on or prior to the delivery of such certificate has been duly, timely and fully complied with.

 

(4) No stop order suspending the qualification of the Offering Statement or of any part thereof has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or are contemplated by the Commission.

 

(5) Subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statements in the Offering Statement and in the Amended Final Offering Circular, there has been no Material Adverse Change.

 

23

 

 

(g) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Underwriter such certificates, in addition to those specifically mentioned herein, as the Underwriter may have reasonably requested as to the accuracy and completeness on any Closing Date of any statement in the Offering Statement, the Preliminary Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials or the Amended Final Offering Circular, as to the accuracy on such Closing Date of the representations and warranties of the Company as to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, or as to the fulfillment of the conditions concurrent and precedent to the obligations hereunder of the Underwriter.

 

(h) The Underwriter shall have received the lock-up letters referred to in Section 4(n) hereof substantially in the form of Exhibit A from each director, officer and stockholder of the Company named in Schedule 3 hereto.

 

(i) The Company shall have furnished or caused to be furnished to the Underwriter on each Closing Date satisfactory evidence of the good standing of the Company and the Subsidiaries in their respective jurisdiction of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Underwriter may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.

 

(j) FINRA shall not have raised any objection with respect to the fairness or reasonableness of the plan of distribution, or other arrangements of the transactions, contemplated hereby.

 

(k) On or after the Applicable Time there shall not have occurred any of the following: (a) a suspension or material limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., NYSE MKT or NASDAQ; (b) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities declared by either Federal or New York authorities or a material disruption in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States; (c) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war or (d) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis or any change in financial, political or economic conditions in the United States or elsewhere, if the effect of any such event specified in clause (c) or (d) in the judgment of the Underwriter makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered on any Closing Date on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Amended Final Offering Circular.

 

24

 

 

8. Indemnification .

 

(a) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Underwriter and each of the Dealers, and each of their directors, officers, employees and agents and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (each an “ Indemnified Party ”), from and against any and all losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages, joint or several (including any and all investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted (whether or not such Indemnified Party is a party thereto)), to which it, or any of them, may become subject under the Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, liabilities, expenses or damages arise out of or are based on (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement made by the Company in Section 3 of this Agreement, (b) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in (1) any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Offering Statement or the Amended Final Offering Circular or any amendment or supplement thereto, (2) the Pricing Disclosure Materials, (3) any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication or (4) any application or other document, or any amendment or supplement thereto, executed by the Company based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the Shares under the securities or Blue Sky laws thereof or filed with the Commission or any securities association or securities exchange (each, an “ Application ”), or (c) the omission or alleged omission to state in any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Offering Statement, the Amended Final Offering Circular, the Pricing Disclosure Materials, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any Permitted Issuer Information or any Application a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable to the extent that such loss, claim, liability, expense or damage arises from the sale of the Shares in the offering to any person and is based solely on an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Indemnified Party through the Underwriter expressly for inclusion in the Offering Statement, any Preliminary Offering Circular, the Amended Final Offering Circular, or Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any Application, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Indemnified Party consists of the information described as such in subsection (b) below. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

 

25

 

 

(b) Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) that (a) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement made by such Underwriter in Section 5 of this Agreement, (b) arise out of or are based upon any failure or alleged failure of such Underwriter to pay any compensation to a Dealer or Dealers, or (c) arise out of or are based solely upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Offering Statement, any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Amended Final Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, or arise out of or are based solely upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the Offering Statement, any Preliminary Offering Circular or the Amended Final Offering Circular, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an Indemnified Party under subsection (i) or (ii) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such action shall be brought against any Indemnified Party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such Indemnified Party (who shall not, except with the consent of the Indemnified Party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such Indemnified Party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such Indemnified Party under such subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Indemnified Party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (a) includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (b) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party.

 

26

 

 

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Party under subsection (a) or (b) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriter on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however, the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the Indemnified Party failed to give the notice required under subsection (iii) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Underwriter on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriter on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bears to the Fee received by the Underwriter. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or the Underwriter on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriter agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (d), the Underwriter will not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the Fee received by the Underwriter. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

27

 

 

9. Termination .

 

(a) The obligations of the Underwriter under this Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the initial Closing Date, by notice to the Company from the Underwriter, without liability on the part of the Underwriter to the Company if, prior to delivery and payment for the Shares, in the sole judgment of the Underwriter : (i) there has occurred any material adverse change in the securities markets or any event, act or occurrence that has materially disrupted, or in the opinion of the Underwriter, will in the future materially disrupt, the securities markets or there shall be such a material adverse change in general financial, political or economic conditions or the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United States is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Underwriter, inadvisable or impracticable to market the Shares or enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares; (ii) there has occurred any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, including without limitation as a result of terrorist activities, such as to make it, in the judgment of the Underwriter, inadvisable or impracticable to market the Shares or enforce contracts for the sale of the Shares; (iii) trading in the Shares or any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited; (iv) trading generally on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., NYSE Amex or NASDAQ has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, FINRA, or any other governmental or regulatory authority; (v) a banking moratorium has been declared by any state or Federal authority; or (vi) in the judgment of the Underwriter, there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Amended Final Offering Circular, any material adverse change in the assets, properties, condition, financial or otherwise, or in the results of operations, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries considered as a whole, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

(b) The obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall be automatically terminated in the event that notice is given to the Agent as determined prior to the close of business on the latest date scheduled for receipt of the Requisite Funds, that the Requisite Funds have not been deposited by the Investors into the Separate Account.

 

(c) If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 6 hereof; provided that Section 8 (Indemnification) shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

10. Notices . Notice given pursuant to any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and, unless otherwise specified, shall be mailed or delivered (i) if to the Company, at the office of the Company, 544 Blair Boulevard, Eugene, OR 97402 Attn: Mark Frohnmayer, with copies to CrowdCheck, 1428 Duke St., Alexandria, VA 22314, Attn: Fanni Koszed., or (ii) if to the Underwriter, at the office of W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC, 909 Montgomery Street, 3rd Floor, San Francisco, California 94133, Attention: John Hullar, with copies to Wyrick Robbins Yates & Ponton LLP, 4101 Lake Boone Trail, Suite 300, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 Att: David Mannheim. Any such notice shall be effective only upon receipt. Any notice under Section 8 may be made by facsimile or telephone, but if so made shall be subsequently confirmed in writing.

 

28

 

 

11. Survival . The respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, indemnities and other statements of the Company and the Underwriter set forth in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company, any of its officers or directors, the Underwriter or any controlling person referred to in Section 8 hereof and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Shares. The respective agreements, covenants, indemnities and other statements set forth in Sections 3, 4, 5 and 7 hereof shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement.

 

12. Successors . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Underwriter, the Company and their respective successors, and nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement, or any provisions herein contained, this Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be and being for the sole and exclusive benefit of such persons and for the benefit of no other person except that (i) the indemnification and contribution contained in Sections 8(a) and (d) of this Agreement shall also be for the benefit of the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Underwriter and any person or persons who control the Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and (ii) the indemnification and contribution contained in Sections 8(b) and (d) of this Agreement shall also be for the benefit of the directors of the Company, the officers of the Company who have signed the Offering Statement and any person or persons who control the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act. No purchaser of Shares shall be deemed a successor because of such purchase.

 

13. Governing Law Provisions . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“ Related Proceedings ”) may be instituted in the California Courts, and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court (a “ Related Judgment ”), as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the California Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. The Company has irrevocably appointed Scott Absher pursuant to a Form U-2 Uniform Consent to Service of Process filed with the Secretary of State of the State of California, as its agent to receive service of process or other legal summons for purposes of any such suit, action or proceeding that may be instituted in any state or federal court in Orange County, California.

 

29

 

 

With respect to any Related Proceeding, each party irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all immunity (whether on the basis of sovereignty or otherwise) from jurisdiction, service of process, attachment (both before and after judgment) and execution to which it might otherwise be entitled in the California Courts, and with respect to any Related Judgment, each party waives any such immunity in the California Courts or any other court of competent jurisdiction, and will not raise or claim or cause to be pleaded any such immunity at or in respect of any such Related Proceeding or Related Judgment, including, without limitation, any immunity pursuant to the United States Foreign Sovereign Immunities Act of 1976, as amended.

 

The obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any sum due to the Underwriter shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency other than United States dollars, not be discharged until the first business day following receipt by the Underwriter of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, on which the Underwriter may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase United States dollars with such other currency. If the United States dollars so purchased are less than the sum originally due to the Underwriter in United States dollars hereunder, the Company agrees as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Underwriter against such loss. If the United States dollars so purchased are greater than the sum originally due to the Underwriter hereunder, the Underwriter agrees to pay to the Company an amount equal to the excess of the dollars so purchased over the sum originally due to the Underwriter hereunder.

 

14. Acknowledgement . The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriter is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Company with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby. Additionally, the Underwriter is not advising the Company or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Underwriter has advised or is advising the Company on other matters). The Company has conferred with its own advisors concerning such matters and shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Underwriter has no responsibility or liability to the Company or any other person with respect thereto. The Underwriter advises that it and its affiliates are engaged in a broad range of securities and financial services and that it or its affiliates may have business relationships or enter into contractual relationships with purchasers or potential purchasers of the Company’s securities. Any review by the Underwriter of the Company, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriter and shall not be on behalf of, or for the benefit of, the Company.

 

30

 

 

15. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

16. Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the parties hereto as to the matters covered hereby and supersedes all prior understandings, written or oral, relating to such subject matter.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

31

 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to the Company one of the counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you as an Underwriter, this Agreement and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between the Underwriter and the Company.

 

Very truly yours,  
   
ARCIMOTO, INC.  
     
By: /s/ Mark Frohnmayer  
  Name:  Mark Frohnmayer  
  Title: President  
       
Accepted as of the date hereof:  
   
W.R. HAMBRECHT + CO., LLC  
     
By: /s/ John P. Hullar  
  Name:  John P. Hullar  
  Title: Managing Partner  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

PRICING INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

WRITTEN TESTING-THE-WATERS COMMUNICATION

 

Testing the Waters communications are available on the EDGAR system and can be found at the following link:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF OPINION AND 10B-5 OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY

 

[To be provided]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

SCHEDULE OF MATERIAL PATENT RIGHTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF UNDERWRITER’S WARRANT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE HEREOF MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, OR HYPOTHECATED, OR BE THE SUBJECT OF ANY HEDGING, SHORT SALE, DERIVATIVE, PUT, OR CALL TRANSACTION THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE EFFECTIVE ECONOMIC DISPOSITION OF SUCH SECURITIES BY ANY PERSON FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY (180) DAYS IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE DATE OF QUALIFICATION OF THE PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES PURSUANT TO OFFERING STATEMENT NO. 0001144204-17-052990, AS FILED WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH FINRA RULE 5110(g)(2).

 

ARCIMOTO, INC.

 

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

 

Warrant Shares: 122,238 Issuance Date: October 17, 2017

 

THIS COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT (the “Warrant”) certifies that, for value received, W.R. Hambrecht + Co., LLC or its assigns (the “Holder”) is entitled, upon the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after the date that is 180 days after the qualification date of the Offering Statement (the “Initial Exercise Date” 2/11/2018) and on or before the close of business on the five (5) year anniversary of the qualification date of the Offering Statement (the “Termination Date”8/15/2022) but not thereafter, to subscribe for and purchase from Arcimoto, Inc., an Oregon corporation (the “Company”), up to 122,238 shares (as subject to adjustment hereunder, the “Warrant Shares”) of Common Stock. The purchase price of one share of Common Stock under this Warrant shall be equal to the Exercise Price, as defined in Section 2(b).

 

Section 1. Definitions .

 

Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement, dated July 31, 2017 (the “Agreement”), between the Company and the Holder.

 

 

 

 

Section 2. Exercise .

 

(a) Method of Exercise . Exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be made, in whole or in part, at any time or times on or after the Initial Exercise Date and on or before the Termination Date by delivery to the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the registered Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company) of a duly executed facsimile copy of the Notice of Exercise form annexed hereto (the “Notice of Exercise”). Within three (3) trading days after the date of exercise as aforesaid, the Holder shall deliver the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank unless the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2(c) below is available and specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company until the Holder has purchased all of the Warrant Shares available hereunder and the Warrant has been exercised in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company for cancellation within three (3) trading days of the date the final Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. The Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the number of Warrant Shares purchased and the date of such purchases; provided that the records of the Company, absent manifest error, will be conclusive with respect to the number of Warrant Shares purchasable from time to time hereunder. The Company shall deliver any objection to any Notice of Exercise within one (1) business day after receipt of such notice. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Warrant, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following the purchase of a portion of the Warrant Shares hereunder, the number of Warrant Shares available for purchase hereunder at any given time may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

 

(b) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of the Common Stock under this Warrant shall be $7.475, subject to adjustment hereunder (the “Exercise Price”). Except as where otherwise permitted in accordance with Section 2(c), this Warrant may only be exercised by means of payment by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank.

 

(c) Cashless Exercise . This Warrant may at the option of the Holder be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise” in which the Holder shall be entitled to receive a number of Warrant Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

 

(A) = the VWAP on the trading day immediately preceding the date on which Holder elects to exercise this Warrant by means of a “cashless exercise,” as set forth in the applicable Notice of Exercise;

 

(B) = the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and

 

(X) = the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

 

VWAP ” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on a Trading Market (as defined below), the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (“Bloomberg”) (based on a trading day from 9:30 a.m., Eastern time, to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), (b) if the OTC Bulletin Board or any market, exchange or quotation system maintained by the OTC Markets Group, Inc., including, without limitation, OTCQB, OTCQX or OTC Pink (or any successors of the foregoing) is not a Trading Market and the Common Stock is then traded on such market, exchange or quotation system, the volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on such market, exchange or quotation system or (c) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the board of directors of the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Holder, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

 

2

 

 

“Trading Market” means the Nasdaq Capital Market, Nasdaq Global Market, Nasdaq Global Select Market, or any other national securities exchange, market, or trading or quotation facility on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted.

 

(d) Mechanics of Exercise .

 

(i) Delivery of Warrant Shares Upon Exercise . The Company shall use best efforts to cause the Warrant Shares purchased hereunder to be issued by the Company’s stock transfer agent and registrar (the “Transfer Agent”) to the Holder in book entry form by the date that is five (5) trading days after the latest of (A) the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise, (B) surrender of this Warrant (if required) and (C) payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as set forth above (including by cashless exercise, if permitted) (such date, the “Warrant Share Delivery Date”). The Warrant Shares shall be deemed to have been issued, and the Holder or any other person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have become a holder of record of such shares for all purposes, as of the date the Warrant has been exercised, with payment to the Company of the Exercise Price (or by cashless exercise, if permitted) and all taxes required to be paid by the Holder, if any, pursuant to Section 2(d)(vi) before the issuance of such shares, having been paid.

 

(ii) Delivery of New Warrants Upon Exercise . If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the request of a Holder and upon surrender of this Warrant, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant.

 

(iii) Rescission Rights . If the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise.

 

3

 

 

(iv) Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Warrant Shares Upon Exercise . In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to an exercise on or before the Warrant Share Delivery Date, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Warrant Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Warrant and equivalent number of Warrant Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder. For example, if the Holder purchases Common Stock having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of shares of Common Stock with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(v) No Fractional Shares or Scrip . No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.

 

(vi) Charges, Taxes and Expenses . Issuance of Warrant Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such Warrant Shares, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Warrant Shares shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; provided, however, that, in the event Warrant Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the assignment form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Exercise.

 

(vii) Closing of Books . The Company will not close its stockholder books or records in any manner which prevents the timely exercise of this Warrant, pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

4

 

 

(e) Holder’s Exercise Limitations . The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, pursuant to Section 2 or otherwise, to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates (as defined below), and any other Persons (as defined below) acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, nonexercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or nonconverted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any other Common Stock Equivalents, as defined below) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 2(e), beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 2(e) applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether, and representation and certification to the Company that, this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2(e), in determining the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within two (2) trading days confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its Affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common Stock was reported. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall be 4.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Holder, upon not less than 61 days’ prior written notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 2(e), provided that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant held by the Holder and the provisions of this Section 2(e) shall continue to apply. Any such increase or decrease will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 2(e) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant.

 

5

 

 

“Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, a Person.

 

“Common Stock Equivalents” means any securities of the Company which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, right, option, warrant or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock.

 

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, or association.

 

Section 3. Certain Adjustments .

 

(a) Stock Dividends and Splits . If the Company, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions on shares of its Common Stock or any other equity or equity equivalent securities payable in shares of Common Stock (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon exercise of this Warrant), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues by reclassification of shares of the Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company, then in each case the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event, and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately adjusted such that the aggregate Exercise Price of this Warrant shall remain unchanged. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification.

 

(b) Subsequent Rights Offerings . In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 3(a) above, if at any time during which this Warrant is outstanding the Company grants, issues or sells any Common Stock Equivalents or other rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Common Stock (the “ Purchase Rights ”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights ( provided,   however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such shares of Common Stock as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation). The provisions of this Section 3(b) will not apply to any grant, issuance or sale of Common Stock Equivalents or other rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property of the Company which is not made pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Common Stock.

 

6

 

 

(c) Fundamental Transaction . If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Stock, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (not including any shares of Common Stock held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant), the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2(e) on the exercise of this Warrant). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant after such Fundamental Transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event of a Fundamental Transaction that is (1) an all cash transaction, (2) a “Rule 13e-3 transaction” as defined in Rule 13e-3 under the Exchange Act, or (3) a Fundamental Transaction involving a person or entity not traded on either (i) a national securities exchange, including, but not limited to, the NYSE MKT, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, or the Nasdaq Capital Market, or (ii) OTC Bulletin Board or any market, exchange or quotation system maintained by the OTC Markets Group, Inc., including, without limitation, OTCQB, OTCQX or OTC Pink (or any successors of the foregoing), the Company or any Successor Entity (as defined below) shall, at the option of the Holder or the Company or any Successor Entity, exercisable at any time concurrently with, or within 30 days after, the consummation of the Fundamental Transaction, purchase this Warrant from the Holder by paying to the Holder an amount of cash equal to the Black Scholes Value of the remaining unexercised portion of this Warrant on the date of the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction. “Black Scholes Value” means the value of this Warrant based on the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg determined as of the day of consummation of the applicable Fundamental Transaction for pricing purposes and reflecting (A) a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the time between the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction and the Termination Date, (B) an expected volatility equal to the greater of 100% and the 100 day volatility obtained from the HVT function on Bloomberg as of the trading day immediately following the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction, (C) the underlying price per share used in such calculation shall be the sum of the price per share being offered in cash, if any, plus the value of any non-cash consideration, if any, being offered in such Fundamental Transaction and (D) a remaining option time equal to the time between the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction and the Termination Date. The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(c), and to deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) before such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the exercise price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction). Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein.

 

7

 

 

(d) Calculations . All calculations under this Section 3 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 3, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding treasury shares, if any) issued and outstanding.

 

(e) Notice to Holder .

 

(i) Adjustment to Exercise Price . Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 3, the Company shall promptly mail to the Holder a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Warrant Shares and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

(ii) Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder . If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Common Stock, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Common Stock, (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Common Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any stockholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Common Stock, any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Common Stock is converted into other securities, cash or property, or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be mailed to the Holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register (as defined in Section 4(c)) of the Company, at least 10 business days before the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of the Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to mail such notice or any defect therein or in the mailing thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company required to be filed pursuant to Rule 257(b)(4) of Regulation A, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Current Report on Form 1-U. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

 

8

 

 

Section 4. Transfer of Warrant .

 

(a) Transferability . This Warrant and all rights hereunder (including, without limitation, any registration rights) are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company or its designated agent, together with a written assignment of this Warrant substantially in the form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney and funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes payable upon the making of such transfer. Upon such surrender and, if required, such payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees, as applicable, and in the denomination or denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this original Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. The Warrant, if properly assigned in accordance herewith, may be exercised by a new holder for the purchase of Warrant Shares without having a new Warrant issued. Neither this Warrant nor any Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of 180 days immediately following the date of qualification or commencement of sales of the offering pursuant to which this Warrant is being issued, except the transfer of any security:

 

(i) by operation of law or by reason of reorganization of the Company;

 

(ii) to any FINRA member firm participating in the offering and the officers or partners thereof, if all securities so transferred remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 4(a) for the remainder of the time period; or

 

(iii) the exercise or conversion of any security, if all securities received remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 4(a) for the remainder of the time period.

 

(b) New Warrants . This Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon presentation hereof at the aforesaid office of the Company, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with Section 4(a), as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. All Warrants issued on transfers or exchanges shall be dated the initial issuance date of this Warrant and shall be identical with this Warrant except as to the number of Warrant Shares issuable pursuant thereto.

 

(c) Warrant Register . The Company shall register this Warrant, upon records to be maintained by the Company for that purpose (the “Warrant Register”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time. The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

 

9

 

Section 5. Piggyback Registration Rights .

 

To the extent the Company does not maintain an effective registration statement for the Warrant Shares and in the further event that the Company files a registration statement with the Commission covering the sale of its shares of Common Stock (other than a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8, or on another form, or in another context, in which such “piggyback” registration would be inappropriate), then, for a period commencing on the Initial Exercise Date and terminating on the second (2nd) anniversary of the Initial Exercise Date, the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the holders of Warrant Shares as soon as practicable but in no event less than ten (10) business days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, of the offering, and offer to the holders of Warrant Shares in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of shares of Warrant Shares as such holders may request in writing within five (5) business days after receipt of such notice (a “Piggyback Registration”). The Company shall cause such Warrant Shares to be included in such registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Warrant Shares requested to be included in a Piggyback Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Warrant Shares in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All holders of Warrant Shares proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggyback Registration that involves an underwriter or underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such Piggyback Registration.

 

Section 6. Miscellaneous .

 

(a) No Rights as Stockholder Until Exercise . This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights, dividend rights or other rights as a stockholder of the Company before the exercise hereof as set forth in Section 2(d)(i), except as expressly set forth herein.

 

(b) Loss. Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant . The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate relating to the Warrant Shares, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it (which, in the case of the Warrant, shall not include the posting of any bond), and upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of such Warrant or stock certificate.

 

(c) Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc . If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a business day, then, such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding business day.

 

10

 

 

(d) Authorized Shares . The Company covenants that, during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company will take all such commercially reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of the Trading Market upon which the Common Stock may be listed. The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant and payment for such Warrant Shares in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges created by the Company in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

 

Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company shall not by any action, including, without limitation, amending its certificate of incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of the Holder as set forth in this Warrant against impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will (i) not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares above the amount payable therefor upon such exercise immediately prior to such increase in par value, (ii) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant, and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof, as may be, necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

 

Before taking any action which would result in an adjustment in the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall obtain all such authorizations or exemptions therefor, or consents thereto, as may be necessary from any public regulatory body or bodies having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(e) Jurisdiction . All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Warrant shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of laws principles, and federal or state courts sitting in the State of New York shall have exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising out of this Warrant.

 

(f) Restrictions . The Holder acknowledges that the Warrant Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant, if not registered, will have restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

 

11

 

 

(g) Nonwaiver and Expenses . No course of dealing or any delay or failure to exercise any right hereunder on the part of Holder shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice the Holder’s rights, powers or remedies. Without limiting any other provision of this Warrant or the Agreement, if the Company willfully and knowingly fails to comply with any provision of this Warrant, which results in any material damages to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover any and all costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, including those of appellate proceedings, incurred by the Holder in collecting any amounts due pursuant hereto or in otherwise enforcing any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder.

 

(h) Notices . Any notice, request or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the Holder by the Company shall be delivered to the Holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register.

 

(i) Limitation of Liability . No provision hereof, in the absence of any affirmative action by the Holder to exercise this Warrant to purchase Warrant Shares, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price of any Common Stock or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

(j) Remedies . The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages alone would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

(k) Successors and Assigns . Subject to applicable securities laws, this Warrant and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of Warrant Shares.

 

(1) Amendment . This Warrant may be modified or amended or the provisions hereof waived with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

 

(m) Severability . Wherever possible, each provision of this Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Warrant.

 

(n) Headings . The headings used in this Warrant are for the convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Warrant.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

12

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above indicated.

 

    ARCIMOTO, INC.
       
    By: /s/ Mark Frohnmayer
    Name: Mark Frohnmayer
    Title: President & CEO
       
[CORPORATE SEAL]      
       
ATTEST:      
       
/s/ Douglas M. Campoli      
Douglas M. Campoli      
CFO, Secretary & Treasurer      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Underwriter’s Warrant]

 

 

 

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: ARCIMOTO, INC.

 

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to purchase _____________ Warrant Shares of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, dated October 17, 2017, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

(2) Payment shall take the form of (check applicable box):

 

☐ in lawful money of the United States by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank; or

 

☐ if permitted by the terms of the Warrant, the cancellation of such number of Warrant Shares as is necessary, in accordance with the formula set forth in subsection 2(c), to exercise this Warrant pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure set forth in subsection 2(c).

 

(3) Please issue said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

 

Name of Investing Entity:  

 

Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity:  

 

Name of Authorized Signatory:  

 

Title of Authorized Signatory:  

 

Date:  

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute
this form and supply required information.
Do not use this form to exercise the Warrant.)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ____ all of or ________ shares of the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

__________________________________ whose address is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: __________, ____

 

Holder’s Signature: ________________

 

Holder’s Address:   ________________

 

                                   ________________

 

Signature Guaranteed: _____________________________

 

NOTE: The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank or trust company. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.1(a)

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
ARCIMOTO, INC.

 

Pursuant to the Oregon Business Company Act (including the present provisions thereof and future amendments thereto, the “Act”), the following second amended and restated articles of incorporation (the “Restated Articles”) are hereby adopted and supersede and replace in their entirety the original articles of incorporation and all amendments thereto and restatements thereof:

 

Article I. Name. The name of the Company is Arcimoto, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

Article II. Oregon Domestic Company. The Company is organized pursuant to the Oregon Business Corporation Act (the “Act”) under Chapter 60 of the Oregon Revised Statutes.

 

Article III. Best Interests of the Company. In all matters, including, but not limited to, the day-to-day operation and management of the Company, the best interests of the Company shall include due consideration of (a) the Company’s social, legal and economic effects on its employees and on the communities and geographic areas in which the Company operates; (b) the long-term as well as short-term interests of the Company and its shareholders; and (c) the Company’s effects on the environment. Nothing in this Article III, express or implied, is intended to create or grant any right(s) in or for any person or any causes(s) of action by or for any person. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any shareholder of the Company is entitled to rely on the definition of “best interests” in this Article III in enforcing his/her or its rights under the Act.

 

Article IV. Authorized Shares

 

4.1 Number of Shares. The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock, without par value, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, without par value.

 

4.2 Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series at such time or times and for such consideration as the Board of Directors may determine. Each series shall be so designated as to distinguish the shares thereof from the shares of all other series and classes. The Board of Directors is expressly authorized, subject to the limitations prescribed by law and the provisions of these Restated Articles, to provide for the issuance of all or any shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, each with such designations, rights, preferences, voting powers (or no voting powers), relative, participating, optional or other special rights and privileges and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as shall be stated in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors to create such series, and Articles of Amendment setting forth the resolution or resolutions shall be filed in accordance with the Act. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each such series shall include without limitation of the foregoing the right to provide that the shares of each such series may be (a) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices; (b) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or any other series; (c) entitled to such rights upon the dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Company; (d) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock, or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock of the Company at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange, and with such adjustments, if any; (e) entitled to the benefit of such limitations, if any, on the issuance of additional shares of such series or shares of any other series of Preferred Stock; or (f) entitled to such other preferences, powers, qualifications, rights and privileges, all as the Board of Directors may deem advisable and as are not inconsistent with the law and the provisions of these Restated Articles.

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page 1

 

 

4.2.1 Designation and Terms of Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

 

(a) Purpose. This Section 4.2.1 sets forth the designation and the terms of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

 

(b) Designation. 1,500,000 shares of the Company’s authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated as the Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “Series A-1 Preferred” or “Series A-1 Preferred Stock”).

 

(c) Dividends and Distributions.

 

(i) Preference. The holders of shares of Series A-1 Preferred shall be entitled to receive, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Company) on the Common Stock of the Company and pari passu with each other an amount equal to that paid on any other outstanding shares of the Company, payable when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors. Such dividends shall not be cumulative.

 

(ii) Limitation. Unless full dividends on the Series A-1 Preferred for all past dividend periods and the then current dividend period shall have been paid and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof set apart: (A) no dividend whatsoever (other than a dividend payable solely in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Company) shall be paid or declared, and no distribution shall be made, on any Common Stock, and (B) no shares of Common Stock shall be purchased, redeemed, or acquired by the Company and no funds shall be paid into or set aside or made available for a sinking fund for the purchase, redemption, or acquisition thereof; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock held by employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Company or any wholly-owned subsidiary (including, but not by way of limitation, distributors and sales representatives) that are subject to restrictive stock purchase agreements under which the Company has the option to repurchase such shares at cost upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment.

 

(iii) Waiver. The holders of any outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred may waive any dividend preference that such holders shall be entitled to receive under Section 4.2.1(c)(i) or any limitation described in Section 4.2.1(c)(ii) upon the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority-in-interest of all then outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred .

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  2

 

 

(d) Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

 

(i) Preference. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, the assets of the Company available for distribution to holders of the Company’s capital stock of all classes (whether such assets are capital, surplus or earnings) shall be distributed in the following order and amounts:

 

(A) The holders of Series A-1 Preferred shall be entitled to receive by reason of their ownership thereof, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the Company’s assets to the holders of the Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price of that share for each then outstanding share of Series A-1 Preferred plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such share (together, the “Series A-1 Liquidation Amount”). The Series A-1 Liquidation Amount shall be subject to equitable adjustment in the event of any share dividend, share split, share distribution or combination with respect to such shares. If, upon the occurrence of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the assets thus distributed among the holders of Series A-1 Preferred shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series A-1 Liquidation Amount, then the entire assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A-1 Preferred in the same proportion as the full preferential amount each such holder would otherwise be entitled to receive bears to the total of the full preferential amount that would otherwise be distributable to the holders of Series A-1 Preferred, as provided above.

 

(B) After payment in full of the Series A-1 Liquidation, or after funds necessary for such payment shall have been set aside by the Company in trust for the account of holders of such shares so as to be available for such payment, holders of Series A-1 Preferred shall be entitled to no further participation in the distribution of the assets of the Company and shall have no further rights of conversion, and the remaining assets available for distribution shall be distributed among the holders of Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each.

 

(ii) Treatment of Reorganizations, Consolidations, Mergers, and Sales of  Assets . A reorganization, consolidation, merger (but excluding any merger effected solely for the purpose of reincorporating in another state), sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the Company’s undertaking of a transaction or a series of transactions in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the Company is disposed of or otherwise transferred shall be deemed (unless the holders of at least a majority-in-interest of all then outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred shall determine otherwise) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company within the meaning of this Section 4.2.1(d) (any such event, a “Deemed Liquidation Event”).

 

(iii) Distributions Other Than Cash. Whenever the distribution provided for in this Section 3.2.1(d) shall be paid in property other than cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors and a majority-in-interest of all then outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred; provided, however, that:

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  3

 

 

(A) Any securities to be delivered pursuant to this Section 4.2.1(d) not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by Section 4.2.1(d)(iii)(B) below:

 

(1) If traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq National Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution;

 

(2) If traded over-the-counter or through an automated dealer quotation system, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever are applicable) over the 30-day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution; or

 

(3) If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Board of Directors and a majority-in-interest of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (voting as a single class); and

 

(B) The method of valuation of any securities to be delivered pursuant to this Section 4.2.1(d) subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a shareholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as provided above in Section 4.2.1(d)(iii)(A)(1), (2), or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined by the Board of Directors and the holders of a majority-in-interest of all then outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred.

 

If the Board of Directors and the holders of a majority-in-interest of all then outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred are unable to reach an agreement on the fair market value of property other than cash within thirty (30) days after the Company gives notice of such liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, then the Board of Directors and a majority-in-interest of all then outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall mutually appoint an appraiser for purposes of determining such value. The appraiser shall complete his, her or its appraisal within thirty (30) days from the date of his, her or its appointment. If the Board of Directors and the holders of a majority-in-interest of all then outstanding shares the Series A-1 Preferred are unable to agree upon the appointment of an appraiser, then the appraiser shall be appointed by the Presiding Judge of the Multnomah County Circuit Court upon the written request of either party with written notice of such request being given to the other party or parties, as the case may be. The determination of the appraiser shall be final and binding on the parties. The cost of any such appraisal shall be borne by the Company.

 

(e) Voting Power. Except as otherwise required by law, each holder of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to vote on all matters and shall be entitled to that number of votes equal to the number of votes that would be accorded to the largest number of whole shares of Common Stock into which such holder’s shares of a series of Preferred Stock could then be converted, pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.2.1(f) hereof, at the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote on such matter or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of shareholders is solicited.

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  4

 

 

Except as otherwise provided herein or required by law, the holders of shares Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters.

 

(f) Right to Convert; Conversion Ratio. The holders of the Series A-1 Preferred shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”): Each share of Series A-1 Preferred shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing that share’s Original Issue Price by the Series A-1 Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Series A-1 Conversion Price” of each share shall initially be equal to the Original Issue Price of that share. Such initial Series A-1 Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A-1 Preferred may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

 

(g) Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Series A-1 Preferred.

 

(h) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

(i) Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Series A-1 Preferred to voluntarily convert shares of Series A-1 Preferred into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Series A-1 Preferred (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Series A-1 Preferred (or at the principal office of the Company if the Company serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Series A-1 Preferred represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent. Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Company, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Company if the Company serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Company shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Series A-1 Preferred, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Series A-1 Preferred represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsections 4.2.1(h) in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A-1 Preferred converted.

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  5

 

 

(j) Reservation of Shares. The Company shall at all times when the Series A-1 Preferred shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Series A-1 Preferred; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Series A-1 Preferred, the Company shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite shareholder approval of any necessary amendment to these Restated Articles.

 

(k) Effect of Conversion. All shares of Series A-1 Preferred which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Series A-1 Preferred so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Company may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for shareholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred accordingly.

 

(l) No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Series A-1 Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series A-1 Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

 

(m) Taxes. The Company shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Series A-1 Preferred pursuant to this Section 4.2.1. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Series A-1 Preferred so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been paid.

 

(n) Adjustments to Series A-1 Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  6

 

 

(i) Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article IV, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(A) “Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

 

(B) “Series A-1 Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series A-1 Preferred was issued.

 

(C) “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

 

(D) “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.2.1(f)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Company after the Series A-1 Original Issue Date, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

 

(1) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Series A-1 Preferred;

 

(2) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Subsection 4.2.1(o), 4.2.1(p), 4.2.1(q) or 4.2.1(r);

 

(3) shares of Common Stock or Options issued to employees or directors of, or consultants or advisors to, the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors of the Company;

 

(4) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security; or

 

(5) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions, or to real property lessors, pursuant to a debt financing, equipment leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; or

 

(6) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided, that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors of the Company; or

 

(7) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  7

 

 

(ii) No Adjustment of Series A-1 Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Series A-1 Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Company receives written notice from the holders of at least fifty percent of the then outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

 

(A) If the Company at any time or from time to time after the Series A-1 Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(B) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Series A-1 Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.2.1(iv), are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Series A-1 Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Series A-1 Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (B) shall have the effect of increasing the Series A-1 Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the Series A-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the Series A-1 Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  8

 

 

(C)  If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Series A-1 Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.2.1(iv) (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.2.1(v)) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Series A-1 Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Series A-1 Original Issue Date), are revised after the Series A-1 Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.2.1(iii)(A) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(D) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Series A-1 Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.2.1(iv), the Series A-1 Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Series A-1 Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

(E) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Series A-1 Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Company upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the Series A-1 Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the Series A-1 Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

(iv) Adjustment of Series A-1 Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Company shall at any time after the Series A-1 Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.2.1(iii)), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the Series A-1 Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  9

 

 

CP2 = CP1* (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

 

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

 

“CP2” shall mean the Series A-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

“CP1” shall mean the Series A-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

“A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Series A-1 Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

“B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP1 (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Company in respect of such issue by CP1); and

 

“C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

 

(v) Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Subsection 4.2.1, the consideration received by the Company for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

(A) Cash and Property: Such consideration shall (1) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest; (2) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; and (3) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Company for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (1) and (2) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  10

 

 

(B) Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Company for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.2.1(iii), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing (1) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by (2) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

(vi) Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Company shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Series A-1 Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.2.1(iv), and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 90 days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Series A-1 Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

 

(o) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Series A-1 Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Series A-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Company shall at any time or from time to time after the Series A-1 Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Series A-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

(p) Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Company at any time or from time to time after the Series A-1 Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Series A-1 Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Series A-1 Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  11

 

 

the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Series A-1 Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Series A-1 Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

(q) Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 4.2.1(c), if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Company in which the Common Stock (but not the Series A-1 Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.2.1(n), (p) or (o)), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company issuable upon conversion of one share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4.2.1 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4.2.1 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the Series A-1 Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  12

 

 

(r) Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A-1 Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4.2.1, the Company at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 20 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the Series A-1 Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than 20 days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Series A-1 Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

 

(s) Notice of Record Date. In the event:

 

(i) the Company shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(ii) of any capital reorganization of the Company, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(iii) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, then, and in each such case, the Company will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least 20 days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  13

 

 

(t) Mandatory Conversion.

 

(A) Trigger Events. Upon either (a) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public at a price of at least $5.00 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock), in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, resulting in at least $15,000,000 of proceeds, net of the underwriting discount and commissions, to the Company; or (b) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), (i) all outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then effective conversion rate and; (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Company.

 

(B) Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.2.1(t). Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Company at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Company, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 4.2.1(t), including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 4.2.1(t). As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Company shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Company may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for shareholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock accordingly.

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  14

 

 

4.3 Common Stock.

 

(a) Voting Rights. Except as otherwise required by law or expressly provided in these Restated Articles, each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote in respect of each share of stock held by him, her or it of record on the books of the Company for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Company.

 

(b) Dividends. Subject to the preferential rights of the Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of the assets of the Company which are legally available therefor, dividends payable in either in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock.

 

(c) Dissolution, Liquidation and Winding Up. In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, after distribution in full of the preferential amounts, if any, to be distributed to the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock, holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled, unless otherwise required by law or expressly provided in these Restated Articles, to receive all of the remaining assets of the Company of whatever kind available for distribution to shareholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them respectively.

 

Article V. Registered Agent and Office. The name and address of the Company’s registered agent and office are:

 

Immix Services Inc. 600 NW Naito Parkway, Suite G
  Portland, OR 97209

 

Article VI. Mailing Address. The address to which notices to the Company may be mailed is 1263 West 5 th Avenue, Eugene, OR 97402.

 

Article VII. Director Liability. No director of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or its shareholders for monetary damages arising out of conduct as a director, except for:

 

A. Any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its shareholders;

 

B. Acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

C. Any unlawful distribution under ORS 60.367; or

 

D. Any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page  15

 

 

Article VIII. Shareholder Action without a Meeting by less than Unanimous Consent. Any action required or permitted by law to be taken at a shareholders’ meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by shareholders having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take the action at a meeting at which all shareholders entitled to vote on the action were present and voted. Any shareholder action taken under this Article VIII must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by the shareholders taking the action and delivered to the Company for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records. Action taken under this Article VIII is effective when the consent or consents bearing sufficient signatures are delivered to the Company, unless the consent or consents specify an earlier or later effective date. If action is taken without a meeting by less than unanimous consent under this Article VIII, the Company must give written notice of the action, promptly after the action is taken, to shareholders who did not consent in writing to the action. The notice given must contain or be accompanied by the same material that would have been required to be sent to those shareholders in a notice of meeting at which the proposed action would have been submitted to those shareholders for action.”

 

Article IX. Shareholder Agreement Inconsistent with the Act. To the extent any provisions of these Restated Articles are inconsistent with the Act, the inconsistent provisions of these Restated Articles shall (a) be considered a shareholder agreement under Section 60.265 the Act and (b) be valid for so long as the Company remains in existence or until those provisions are amended by the shareholders. Pursuant to Sections 60.265 and 60.952(3) of the Act, and as part of the shareholder agreement described in the preceding sentence, all remedies provided for in Section 60.952(2) of the Act are hereby eliminated with the exception of subsections (e), (h), (j) and (m).

 

 

Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation—Page 16  

 

Exhibit 3.1(b)

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF
ARCIMOTO, INC.

 

1. The name of the Company is Arcimoto, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

2. The Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (the “Restated Articles”) of the Company are amended to add a new Section 4.2.2 to Article 4 to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“4.2.2 Designation and Terms of Class C Preferred Stock .

 

(a) Purpose. This Section 4.2.2 sets forth the designation and the terms of the Company’s Class C Preferred Stock as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company pursuant to its authority under Oregon Revised Statutes 60.134 and Section 2 of Section 4.2 of these Articles of Incorporation.

 

(b) Designation. 2,000,000 shares of the Company’s authorized Preferred Stock are hereby designated as the Class C Preferred Stock (the “Class C Preferred” or “Class C Preferred Stock”).

 

(c) Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by law or expressly provided in these Restated Articles, each holder of Class C Preferred Stock shall have one vote in respect of each share of stock held by him, her or it of record on the books of the Company for the election of directors and on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders of the Company.

 

(d) Preference. The Class C Preferred shall rank, as to payment of dividends and distribution of assets upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company, pari passu with the shares of Common Stock issued by the Company.

 

(e) Dissolution, Liquidation and Winding Up. In the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, after distribution in full of the preferential amounts, if any, to be distributed to the holders of shares of the Company’s other classes and series of Preferred Stock, holders of the Class C Preferred Stock shall be entitled, unless otherwise required by law or expressly provided in these Restated Articles, to receive all of the remaining assets of the Company of whatever kind available for distribution to shareholders pro rata with the holders of shares of Common Stock, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to Section 4.2.2(f) hereof immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

 

(f) Mandatory Conversion. The Class C Preferred Stock is convertible into Common Stock only as follows:

 

(A) Trigger Event. Upon the effectiveness with the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Oregon of Articles of Amendment to the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation to increase the Company’s authorized shares of Common Stock, all outstanding shares of Class C Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the ratio of 1:1 (the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such written notice is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”).

 

 

 

 

(B) Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Class C Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Class C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4.2.2(f). Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Class C Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company to indemnify the Company against any claim that may be made against the Company on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Company at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Company, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Class C Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 4.2.2(f), including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 4.2.2(f). As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Class C Preferred Stock, the Company shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Class C Preferred Stock converted.”

 

3. Shareholder action was not required to adopt the foregoing amendments. The amendments were adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company without shareholder action on November 13, 2018.

 

4. Principal Place of Business

     2034 West 2 nd Avenue

      Eugene, Oregon 97402

 

5. Individual with Direct Knowledge

      Douglas M. Campoli

      c/o Arcimoto, Inc.

      2034 West 2 nd Avenue

      Eugene, Oregon 97402

 

6. This amendment to the Restated Articles shall be effective on November 15, 2018.

 

2

 

 

I declare as an authorize signer, under penalty of perjury, that this document does not fraudulently conceal, fraudulently obscure, fraudulently alter or otherwise misrepresent the identity of the person or any officers, directors, employees or agents of the corporation. This filing has been examined by me and is, to the best of my knowledge and belief true, correct, and complete. Making false statements in this document is against the law and may be penalized by fines, imprisonment or both.

 

  By: /s/ Douglas M. Campoli
  Name: Douglas M. Campoli
  Title: Chief Financial Officer of Arcimoto, Inc.

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

PAGE 1 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

 

2.  Premises.

 

2.1  Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. While the approximate square footage of the Premises may have been used in the marketing of the Premises for purposes of comparison, the Base Rent stated herein is NOT tied to square footage and is not subject to adjustment should the actual size be determined to be different. Note: Lessee is advised to verify the actual size prior to executing this Lease.

 

2.2  Condition. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee in “as is condition”, broom clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date or the Early Possession Date, whichever first occurs ( “Start Date” ), and, so long as the required service contracts described in Paragraph 7.1(b) below are obtained by Lessee and in effect within thirty days following the Start Date, warrants that the existing electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems ( “HVAC” ), loading doors, sump pumps, if any, and all other such elements in the Premises, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on said date, that the structural elements of the roof, bearing walls and foundation of any buildings on the Premises (the “Building” ) shall be free of material defects, and that the Premises do not contain hazardous levels of any mold or fungi defined as toxic under applicable state or federal law. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Start Date, or if one of such systems or elements should malfunction or fail within the appropriate warranty period, Lessor shall, as Lessor’s sole obligation with respect to such matter, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, malfunction or failure, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. The warranty periods shall be as follows: (i) 6 months as to the HVAC systems, and (ii) 30 days as to the remaining systems and other elements of the Building. If Lessee does not give Lessor the required notice within the appropriate warranty period, correction of any such non-compliance, malfunction or failure shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. Lessor also warrants, that unless otherwise specified in writing, Lessor is unaware of (i) any recorded Notices of Default affecting the Premise; (ii) any delinquent amounts due under any loan secured by the Premises; and (iii) any bankruptcy proceeding affecting the Premises.

 

2.3  Compliance. Lessor warrants that to the best of its knowledge the improvements on the Premises comply with the building codes, applicable laws, covenants or restrictions of record, regulations, and ordinances ( “Applicable Requirements” ) that were in effect at the time that each improvement, or portion thereof, was constructed. Said warranty does not apply to the use to which Lessee will put the Premises, modifications which may be required by the Americans with Disabilities Act or any similar laws as a result of Lessee’s use (see Paragraph 50), or to any Alterations or Utility Installations (as defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. NOTE: Lessee is responsible for determining whether or not the Applicable Requirements, and especially the zoning, are appropriate for Lessee’s intended use, and acknowledges that past uses of the Premises may no longer be allowed. If the Premises do not comply with said warranty, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify the same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within 6 months following the Start Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense. If the Applicable Requirements are hereafter changed so as to require during the term of this Lease the construction of an addition to or an alteration of the Premises and/or Building, the remediation of any Hazardous Substance, or the reinforcement or other physical modification of the Unit, Premises and/or Building ( “Capital Expenditure” ), Lessor and Lessee shall allocate the cost of such work as follows:

 

(a) Subject to Paragraph 2.3(c) below, if such Capital Expenditures are required as a result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee as compared with uses by tenants in general, Lessee shall be fully responsible for the cost thereof, provided, however that if such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease and the cost thereof exceeds 6 months’ Base Rent, Lessee may instead terminate this Lease unless Lessor notifies Lessee, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessee’s termination notice that Lessor has elected to pay the difference between the actual cost thereof and an amount equal to 6 months’ Base Rent. If Lessee elects termination, Lessee shall immediately cease the use of the Premises which requires such Capital Expenditure and deliver to Lessor written notice specifying a termination date at least 90 days thereafter. Such termination date shall, however, in no event be earlier than the last day that Lessee could legally utilize the Premises without commencing such Capital Expenditure.

 

(b) If such Capital Expenditure is not the result of the specific and unique use of the Premises by Lessee (such as, governmentally mandated seismic modifications), then Lessor shall pay for such Capital Expenditure and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease or any extension thereof, on the date that on which the Base Rent is due, an amount equal to 1/144th of the portion of such costs reasonably attributable to the Premises. Lessee shall pay Interest on the balance but may prepay its obligation at any time. If, however, such Capital Expenditure is required during the last 2 years of this Lease or if Lessor reasonably determines that it is not economically feasible to pay its share thereof, Lessor shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon 90 days prior written notice to Lessee unless Lessee notifies Lessor, in writing, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’s termination notice that Lessee will pay for such Capital Expenditure. If Lessor does not elect to terminate, and fails to tender its share of any such Capital Expenditure, Lessee may advance such funds and deduct same, with Interest, from Rent until Lessor’s share of such costs have been fully paid. If Lessee is unable to finance Lessor’s share, or if the balance of the Rent due and payable for the remainder of this Lease is not sufficient to fully reimburse Lessee on an offset basis, Lessee shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon 30 days written notice to Lessor.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the above, the provisions concerning Capital Expenditures are intended to apply only to non-voluntary, unexpected, and new Applicable Requirements. If the Capital Expenditures are instead triggered by Lessee as a result of an actual or proposed change in use, change in intensity of use, or modification to the Premises then, and in that event, Lessee shall either: (i) immediately cease such changed use or intensity of use and/or take such other steps as may be necessary to eliminate the requirement for such Capital Expenditure, or (ii) complete such Capital Expenditure at its own expense. Lessee shall not, however, have any right to terminate this Lease.

 

2.4  Acknowledgements. Lessee acknowledges that: (a) it has been given an opportunity to inspect and measure the Premises, (b) it has been advised by Lessor and/or Brokers to satisfy itself with respect to the size and condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical, HVAC and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, and compliance with Applicable Requirements and the Americans with Disabilities Act), and their suitability for Lessee’s intended use, (c) Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters and assumes all responsibility therefor as the same relate to its occupancy of the Premises, (d) it is not relying on any representation as to the size of the Premises made by Brokers or Lessor, (e) the square footage of the Premises was not material to Lessee’s decision to lease the Premises and pay the Rent stated herein, and (f) neither Lessor, Lessor’s agents, nor Brokers have made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease. In addition, Lessor acknowledges that: (i) Brokers have made no representations, promises or warranties concerning Lessee’s ability to honor the Lease or suitability to occupy the Premises, and (ii) it is Lessor’s sole responsibility to investigate the financial capability and/or suitability of all proposed tenants.

 

2.5  Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the Start Date Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall be responsible for any necessary corrective work.

  

PAGE 2 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

  

3.  Term.

 

3.1  Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

 

3.2  Early Possession. Any provision herein granting Lessee Early Possession of the Premises is subject to and conditioned upon the Premises being available for such possession prior to the Commencement Date. Any grant of Early Possession only conveys a non-exclusive right to occupy the Premises. If Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such Early Possession. All other terms of this Lease (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Real Property Taxes and insurance premiums and to maintain the Premises) shall be in effect during such period. Any such Early Possession shall not affect the Expiration Date.

 

3.3  Delay In Possession. Lessor agrees to use its best commercially reasonable efforts to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Commencement Date. If, despite said efforts, Lessor is unable to deliver possession by such date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease or change the Expiration Date. Lessee shall not, however, be obligated to pay Rent or perform its other obligations until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises and any period of rent abatement that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to what Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts or omissions of Lessee. If possession is not delivered within 60 days after the Commencement Date, as the same may be extended under the terms of any Work Letter executed by Parties, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing within 10 days after the end of such 60 day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the Parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder. If such written notice is not received by Lessor within said 10 day period, Lessee’s right to cancel shall terminate. If possession of the Premises is not delivered within 120 days after the Commencement Date, this Lease shall terminate unless other agreements are reached between Lessor and Lessee, in writing.

 

3.4  Lessee Compliance. Lessor shall not be required to deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee until Lessee complies with its obligation to provide evidence of insurance (Paragraph 8.5). Pending delivery of such evidence, Lessee shall be required to perform all of its obligations under this Lease from and after the Start Date, including the payment of Rent, notwithstanding Lessor’s election to withhold possession pending receipt of such evidence of insurance. Further, if Lessee is required to perform any other conditions prior to or concurrent with the Start Date, the Start Date shall occur but Lessor may elect to withhold possession until such conditions are satisfied.

 

4.  Rent.

 

4.1.  Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease (except for the Security Deposit) are deemed to be rent ( “Rent” ).

 

4.2 Payment. Lessee shall cause payment of Rent to be received by Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction (except as specifically permitted in this Lease), on or before the day on which it is due. All monetary amounts shall be rounded to the nearest whole dollar. In the event that any invoice prepared by Lessor is inaccurate such inaccuracy shall not constitute a waiver and Lessee shall be obligated to pay the amount set forth in this Lease. Rent for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full calendar month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of said month. Payment of Rent shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or place as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing. Acceptance of a payment which is less than the amount then due shall not be a waiver of Lessor’s rights to the balance of such Rent, regardless of Lessor’s endorsement of any check so stating. In the event that any check, draft, or other instrument of payment given by Lessee to Lessor is dishonored for any reason, Lessee agrees to pay to Lessor the sum of $25 in addition to any Late Charge and Lessor, at its option, may require all future Rent be paid by cashier’s check. Payments will be applied first to accrued late charges and attorney’s fees, second to accrued interest, then to Base Rent, Insurance and Real Property Taxes, and any remaining amount to any other outstanding charges or costs.

 

4.3  Association Fees. In addition to the Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor each month an amount equal to any owner’s association or condominium fees levied or assessed against the Premises. Said monies shall be paid at the same time and in the same manner as the Base Rent.

 

5.  Security Deposit . Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon execution hereof the Security Deposit as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of its obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Rent, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease, Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount already due Lessor, for Rents which will be due in the future, and/ or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, expense, loss or damage which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Lessee shall within 10 days after written request therefor deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. If the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the increased Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bore to the initial Base Rent. Should the Agreed Use be amended to accommodate a material change in the business of Lessee or to accommodate a sublessee or assignee, Lessor shall have the right to increase the Security Deposit to the extent necessary, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, to account for any increased wear and tear that the Premises may suffer as a result thereof. If a change in control of Lessee occurs during this Lease and following such change the financial condition of Lessee is, in Lessor’s reasonable judgment, significantly reduced, Lessee shall deposit such additional monies with Lessor as shall be sufficient to cause the Security Deposit to be at a commercially reasonable level based on such change in financial condition. Lessor shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Within 90 days after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessor shall return that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. Lessor shall upon written request provide Lessee with an accounting showing how that portion of the Security Deposit that was not returned was applied. No part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease. THE SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT BE USED BY LESSEE IN LIEU OF PAYMENT OF THE LAST MONTH’S RENT.

 

6.  Use.

 

6.1  Use. Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Agreed Use, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates damage, waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs occupants of or causes damage to neighboring premises or properties. Other than guide, signal and seeing eye dogs, Lessee shall not keep or allow in the Premises any pets, animals, birds, fish, or reptiles. Lessor shall not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any request for a modification of the Agreed Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, and/or is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises. If Lessor elects to withhold consent, Lessor shall within 7 days after such request give written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s objections to the change in the Agreed Use.

 

PAGE 3 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

  

6.2  Hazardous Substances.

 

(a)  Reportable Uses Require Consent. The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, or waste whose presence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, or release, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment or the Premises, (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority, or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substances shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, and/or crude oil or any products, by-products or fractions thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or on the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and timely compliance (at Lessee’s expense) with all Applicable Requirements. “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and/or (iii) the presence at the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements requires that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used in the normal course of the Agreed Use, ordinary office supplies (copier toner, liquid paper, glue, etc.) and common household cleaning materials, so long as such use is in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, is not a Reportable Use, and does not expose the Premises or neighboring property to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may condition its consent to any Reportable Use upon receiving such additional assurances as Lessor reasonably deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and/or the environment against damage, contamination, injury and/or liability, including, but not limited to, the installation (and removal on or before Lease expiration or termination) of protective modifications (such as concrete encasements) and/or increasing the Security Deposit.

 

(b)  Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give written notice of such fact to Lessor, and provide Lessor with a copy of any report, notice, claim or other documentation which it has concerning the presence of such Hazardous Substance.

 

(c)  Lessee Remediation. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under, or about the Premises (including through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system) and shall promptly, at Lessee’s expense, comply with all Applicable Requirements and take all investigatory and/or remedial action reasonably recommended, whether or not formally ordered or required, for the cleanup of any contamination of, and for the maintenance, security and/or monitoring of the Premises or neighboring properties, that was caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, or pertaining to or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises during the term of this Lease, by or for Lessee, or any third party.

 

(d)  Lessee Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, harmless from and against any and all loss of rents and/or damages, liabilities, judgments, claims, expenses, penalties, and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (provided, however, that Lessee shall have no liability under this Lease with respect to underground migration of any Hazardous Substance under the Premises from adjacent properties not caused or contributed to by Lessee). Lessee’s obligations shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

 

(e)  Lessor Indemnification. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph 8.7, Lessor and its successors and assigns shall indemnify, defend, reimburse and hold Lessee, its employees and lenders, harmless from and against any and all environmental damages, including the cost of remediation, which result from Hazardous Substances which existed on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy or which are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessor, its agents or employees. Lessor’s obligations, as and when required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include, but not be limited to, the cost of investigation, removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement, and shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

(f)  Investigations and Remediations. Lessor shall retain the responsibility and pay for any investigations or remediation measures required by governmental entities having jurisdiction with respect to the existence of Hazardous Substances on the Premises prior to Lessee’s occupancy, unless such remediation measure is required as a result of Lessee’s use (including “Alterations”, as defined in paragraph 7.3(a) below) of the Premises, in which event Lessee shall be responsible for such payment. Lessee shall cooperate fully in any such activities at the request of Lessor, including allowing Lessor and Lessor’s agents to have reasonable access to the Premises at reasonable times in order to carry out Lessor’s investigative and remedial responsibilities.

 

(g)  Lessor Termination Option. If a Hazardous Substance Condition (see Paragraph 9.1(e)) occurs during the term of this Lease, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by the Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(d) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to remediate such condition exceeds 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee, within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition, of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give a termination notice, Lessee may, within 10 days thereafter, give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay the amount by which the cost of the remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition exceeds an amount equal to 12 times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days following such commitment. In such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time provided, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

 

PAGE 4 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

 

6.3  Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, materially comply with all Applicable Requirements, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants which relate in any manner to the Premises, without regard to whether said Applicable Requirements are now in effect or become effective after the Start Date. Lessee shall, within 10 days after receipt of Lessor’’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all permits and other documents, and other information evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving the failure of Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements. Likewise, Lessee shall immediately give written notice to Lessor of: (i) any water damage to the Premises and any suspected seepage, pooling, dampness or other condition conducive to the production of mold; or (ii) any mustiness or other odors that might indicate the presence of mold in the Premises. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets ( MSDS ) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of a written request therefor. In addition, Lessee shall provide Lessor with copies of its business license, certificate of occupancy and/or any similar document within 10 days of the receipt of a written request therefor.

 

6.4  Inspection; Compliance. Lessor and Lessor’’s “Lender” (as defined in Paragraph 30) and consultants authorized by Lessor shall have the right to enter into Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable notice, for the purpose of inspecting and/or testing the condition of the Premises and/or for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease. The cost of any such inspections shall be paid by Lessor, unless a violation of Applicable Requirements, or a Hazardous Substance Condition (see paragraph 9.1) is found to exist or be imminent, or the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor for the cost of such inspection, so long as such inspection is reasonably related to the violation or contamination. In addition, Lessee shall provide copies of all relevant material safety data sheets ( MSDS ) to Lessor within 10 days of the receipt of a written request therefore. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to allow such inspections or testing will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to allow such inspections and/or testing in a timely fashion the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for the remainder to the Lease. The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to allow such inspection and/or testing. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such failure nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

 

7.  Maintenance; Repairs, Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

 

7.1  Lessee’s Obligations.

 

(a)  In General. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 6.3 (Lessee’s Compliance with Applicable Requirements), 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, keep the Premises, Utility Installations (intended for Lessee’s exclusive use, no matter where located), and Alterations in good order, condition and repair (whether or not the portion of the Premises requiring repairs, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, but not limited to, all equipment or facilities, such as plumbing, HVAC equipment, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, pressure vessels, fire protection system, fixtures, walls (interior and exterior), foundations, ceilings, roofs, roof drainage systems, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, landscaping, driveways, parking lots, fences, retaining walls, signs, sidewalks and parkways located in, on, or adjacent to the Premises. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, specifically including the procurement and maintenance of the service contracts required by Paragraph 7.1(b) below. Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair. Lessee shall, during the term of this Lease, keep the exterior appearance of the Building in a first-class condition (including, e.g. graffiti removal) consistent with the exterior appearance of other similar facilities of comparable age and size in the vicinity, including, when necessary, the exterior repainting of the Building.

 

(b)  Service Contracts. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole expense, procure and maintain contracts, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for, and with contractors specializing and experienced in the maintenance of the following equipment and improvements, if any, if and when installed on the Premises: (i) HVAC equipment, (ii) boiler, and pressure vessels, (iii) fire extinguishing systems, including fire alarm and/or smoke detection, (iv) landscaping and irrigation systems, (v) roof covering and drains, and (vi) clarifiers. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain any or all of such service contracts, and Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

 

(c)  Failure to Perform. If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after 10 days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, and Lessee shall promptly pay to Lessor a sum equal to 115% of the cost thereof.

 

(d)  Replacement. Subject to Lessee’s indemnification of Lessor as set forth in Paragraph 8.7 below, and without relieving Lessee of liability resulting from Lessee’s failure to exercise and perform good maintenance practices, if an item described in Paragraph 7.1(b) cannot be repaired other than at a cost which is in excess of 50% of the cost of replacing such item, then such item shall be replaced by Lessor, and the cost thereof shall be prorated between the Parties and Lessee shall only be obligated to pay, each month during the remainder of the term of this Lease, on the date on which Base Rent is due, an amount equal to the product of multiplying the cost of such replacement by a fraction, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is 144 (ie. 1/144th of the cost per month). Lessee shall pay Interest on the unamortized balance but may prepay its obligation at any time.

 

7.2  Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), it is intended by the Parties hereto that Lessor have no obligation, in any manner whatsoever, to repair and maintain the Premises, or the equipment therein, all of which obligations are intended to be that of the Lessee. It is the intention of the Parties that the terms of this Lease govern the respective obligations of the Parties as to maintenance and repair of the Premises

 

PAGE 5 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

  

7.3 Utility Installations; Trade Fixtures; Alterations.

 

(a)  Definitions. The term “ Utility Installations ” refers to all floor and window coverings, air and/or vacuum lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security and fire protection systems, communication cabling, lighting fixtures, HVAC equipment, plumbing, and fencing in or on the Premises. The term “Trade Fixtures” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment that can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “Alterations” shall mean any modification of the improvements, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures, whether by addition or deletion. “ Lessee Owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations ” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a).

 

(b)  Consent. Lessee shall not make any Alterations or Utility Installations to the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Alterations or Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without such consent but upon notice to Lessor, as long as they are not visible from the outside, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, will not affect the electrical, plumbing, HVAC, and/or life safety systems, do not trigger the requirement for additional modifications and/or improvements to the Premises resulting from Applicable Requirements, such as compliance with Title 24, and the cumulative cost thereof during this Lease as extended does not exceed a sum equal to 3 month’s Base Rent in the aggregate or a sum equal to one month’s Base Rent in any one year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee shall not make or permit any roof penetrations and/or install anything on the roof without the prior written approval of Lessor. Lessor may, as a precondition to granting such approval, require Lessee to utilize a contractor chosen and/or approved by Lessor. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. Consent shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s: (i) acquiring all applicable governmental permits, (ii) furnishing Lessor with copies of both the permits and the plans and specifications prior to commencement of the work, and (iii) compliance with all conditions of said permits and other Applicable Requirements in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations shall be performed in a workmanlike manner with good and sufficient materials. Lessee shall promptly upon completion furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications. For work which costs an amount in excess of one month’s Base Rent, Lessor may condition its consent upon Lessee providing a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to 150% of the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation and/or upon Lessee’s posting an additional Security Deposit with Lessor.

 

(c)  Liens; Bonds. Lessee shall pay, when due, all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than 10 days notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility. If Lessee shall contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish a surety bond in an amount equal to 150% of the amount of such contested lien, claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same. If Lessor elects to participate in any such action, Lessee shall pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs.

 

7.4  Ownership; Removal; Surrender; and Restoration.

 

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require removal or elect ownership as hereinafter provided, all Alterations and Utility Installations made by Lessee shall be the property of Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time, elect in writing to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per paragraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and be surrendered by Lessee with the Premises.

 

(b) Removal. By delivery to Lessee of written notice from Lessor not earlier than 90 and not later than 30 days prior to the end of the term of this Lease, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or termination of this Lease. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Lessee Owned Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent.

 

(c) Surrender; Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date, with all of the improvements, parts and surfaces thereof broom clean and free of debris, and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. “Ordinary wear and tear” shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Lessee occupies the Premises for 12 months or less, then Lessee shall surrender the Premises in the same condition as delivered to Lessee on the Start Date with NO allowance for ordinary wear and tear. Lessee shall repair any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Trade Fixtures, Lessee owned Alterations and/or Utility Installations, furnishings, and equipment as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lessee. Lessee shall remove from the Premises any and all Hazardous Substances brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee, or any third party (except Hazardous Substances which were deposited via underground migration from areas outside of the Premises) to the level specified in Applicable Requirements. Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee. Any personal property of Lessee not removed on or before the Expiration Date or any earlier termination date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Lessee and may be disposed of or retained by Lessor as Lessor may desire. The failure by Lessee to timely vacate the Premises pursuant to this Paragraph 7.4(c) without the express written consent of Lessor shall constitute a holdover under the provisions of Paragraph 26 below.

 

8.  Insurance; Indemnity.

 

8.1  Payment For Insurance. Lessee shall pay for all insurance required under Paragraph 8 except to the extent of the cost attributable to liability insurance carried by Lessor under Paragraph 8.2(b) in excess of $2,000,000 per occurrence. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to or extending beyond the Lease term shall be prorated to correspond to the Lease term. Payment shall be made by Lessee to Lessor within 10 days following receipt of an invoice.

 

8.2  Liability Insurance.

 

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee and Lessor as an additional insured against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence with an annual aggregate of not less than $2,000,000. Lessee shall add Lessor as an additional insured by means of an endorsement at least as broad as the Insurance Service Organization’s “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” Endorsement. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “ insured contract ” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. Lessee shall provide an endorsement on its liability policy(ies) which provides that its insurance shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

 

PAGE 6 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

  

(b) Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall maintain liability insurance as described in Paragraph 8.2(a), in addition to, and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

 

8.3  Property Insurance - Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

 

(a) Building and Improvements. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor, any ground-lessor, and to any Lender insuring loss or damage to the Premises. The amount of such insurance shall be equal to the full insurable replacement cost of the Premises, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender, but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof. Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee not by Lessor. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, such policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for debris removal and the enforcement of any Applicable Requirements requiring the upgrading, demolition, reconstruction or replacement of any portion of the Premises as the result of a covered loss. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located. If such insurance coverage has a deductible clause, the deductible amount shall not exceed $5,000 per occurrence, and Lessee shall be liable for such deductible amount in the event of an Insured Loss.

 

(b) Rental Value. The Insuring Party shall obtain and keep in force a policy or policies in the name of Lessor with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender, insuring the loss of the full Rent for one year with an extended period of indemnity for an additional 180 days (“Rental Value insurance”). Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any coinsurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected Rent otherwise payable by Lessee, for the next 12 month period. Lessee shall be liable for any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

 

(c) Adjacent Premises. If the Premises are part of a larger building, or of a group of buildings owned by Lessor which are adjacent to the Premises, the Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of such building or buildings if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

8.4  Lessee’s Property; Business Interruption Insurance; Worker’s Compensation Insurance.

 

(a) Property Damage. Lessee shall obtain and maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures, and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible of not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations.

 

(b) Business Interruption. Lessee shall obtain and maintain loss of income and extra expense insurance in amounts as will reimburse Lessee for direct or indirect loss of earnings attributable to all perils commonly insured against by prudent lessees in the business of Lessee or attributable to prevention of access to the Premises as a result of such perils.

 

(c) Worker’s Compensation Insurance. Lessee shall obtain and maintain Worker’s Compensation Insurance in such amount as may be required by Applicable Requirements. Such policy shall include a ‘Waiver of Subrogation’ endorsement. Lessee shall provide Lessor with a copy of such endorsement along with the certificate of insurance or copy of the policy required by paragraph 8.5.

 

(d) No Representation of Adequate Coverage. Lessor makes no representation that the limits or forms of coverage of insurance specified herein are adequate to cover Lessee’s property, business operations or obligations under this Lease.

 

8.5  Insurance Policies. Insurance required herein shall be by companies maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VII, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide”, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender. Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which invalidates the required insurance policies. Lessee shall, prior to the Start Date, deliver to Lessor certified copies of policies of such insurance or certificates with copies of the required endorsements evidencing the existence and amounts of the required insurance. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after 30 days prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall, at least 10 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may increase his liability insurance coverage and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand. Such policies shall be for a term of at least one year, or the length of the remaining term of this Lease, whichever is less. If either Party shall fail to procure and maintain the insurance required to be carried by it, the other Party may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same.

 

8.6  Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages against the other, for loss of or damage to its property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against herein. The effect of such releases and waivers is not limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable hereto. The Parties agree to have their respective property damage insurance carriers waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

 

8.7  Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, liens, judgments, penalties, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use and/or occupancy of the Premises by Lessee. If any action or proceeding is brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee shall upon notice defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be defended or indemnified.

 

8.8  Exemption of Lessor and its Agents from Liability . Notwithstanding the negligence or breach of this Lease by Lessor or its agents, neither Lessor nor its agents shall be liable under any circumstances for: (i) injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, indoor air quality, the presence of mold or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, HVAC or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether the said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the building of which the Premises are a part, or from other sources or places, (ii) any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of Lessor or from the failure of Lessor or its agents to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Project, or (iii) injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom. Instead, it is intended that Lessee’s sole recourse in the event of such damages or injury be to file a claim on the insurance policy(ies) that Lessee is required to maintain pursuant to the provisions of paragraph 8.

 

PAGE 7 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

  

8.9  Failure to Provide Insurance. Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to obtain or maintain the insurance required herein will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, for any month or portion thereof that Lessee does not maintain the required insurance and/or does not provide Lessor with the required binders or certificates evidencing the existence of the required insurance, the Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater. The parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to maintain the required insurance. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to maintain such insurance, prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder, nor relieve Lessee of its obligation to maintain the insurance specified in this Lease.

 

9.  Damage or Destruction.

 

9.1  Definitions.

 

(a)  “Premises Partial Damage” shall mean damage or destruction to the improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, which can reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(b)  “Premises Total Destruction” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which cannot reasonably be repaired in 6 months or less from the date of the damage or destruction. Lessor shall notify Lessee in writing within 30 days from the date of the damage or destruction as to whether or not the damage is Partial or Total.

 

(c)  “Insured Loss” shall mean damage or destruction to improvements on the Premises, other than Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a), irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

 

(d)  “Replacement Cost” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of Applicable Requirements, and without deduction for depreciation.

 

(e)  “Hazardous Substance Condition” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance , in, on, or under the Premises which requires remediation.

 

9.2  Partial Damage - Insured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect; provided, however, that Lessee shall, at Lessor’s election, make the repair of any damage or destruction the total cost to repair of which is $10,000 or less, and, in such event, Lessor shall make any applicable insurance proceeds available to Lessee on a reasonable basis for that purpose. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the required insurance was not in force or the insurance proceeds are not sufficient to effect such repair, the Insuring Party shall promptly contribute the shortage in proceeds (except as to the deductible which is Lessee’s responsibility) as and when required to complete said repairs. In the event, however, such shortage was due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within 10 days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said 10 day period, the party responsible for making the repairs shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If such funds or assurance are not received, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within 10 days thereafter to: (i) make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, or (ii) have this Lease terminate 30 days thereafter. Lessee shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

 

9.3  Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss. If a Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense), Lessor may either: (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Lessee within 30 days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage. Such termination shall be effective 60 days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within 10 days after receipt of the termination notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with said funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within 30 days after making such commitment. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not make the required commitment, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in the termination notice.

 

9.4  Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if a Premises Total Destruction occurs, this Lease shall terminate 60 days following such Destruction. If the damage or destruction was caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee, except as provided in Paragraph 8.6.

 

9.5  Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last 6 months of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may terminate this Lease effective 60 days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving a written termination notice to Lessee within 30 days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by, (a) exercising such option and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is 10 days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s commercially reasonable expense, repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate on the date specified in the termination notice and Lessee’s option shall be extinguished.

 

PAGE 8 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

  

9.6  Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

 

(a)  Abatement. In the event of Premises Partial Damage or Premises Total Destruction or a Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not responsible under this Lease, the Rent payable by Lessee for the period required for the repair, remediation or restoration of such damage shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not to exceed the proceeds received from the Rental Value insurance. All other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessor shall have no liability for any such damage, destruction, remediation, repair or restoration except as provided herein.

 

(b)  Remedies. If Lessor is obligated to repair or restore the Premises and does not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, such repair or restoration within 90 days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice, of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than 60 days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice and such repair or restoration is not commenced within 30 days thereafter, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If the repair or restoration is commenced within such 30 days, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever first occurs.

 

9.7  Termination; Advance Payments. Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Paragraph 6.2(g) or Paragraph 9, an equitable adjustment shall be made concerning advance Base Rent and any other advance payments made by Lessee to Lessor. Lessor shall, in addition, return to Lessee so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor.

 

10.  Real Property Taxes.

 

10.1  Definition. As used herein, the term “Real Property Taxes” shall include any form of assessment; real estate, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, or rental levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes); improvement bond; and/or license fee imposed upon or levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Premises or the Project, Lessor’s right to other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing, by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax and where the funds are generated with reference to the Building address. Real Property Taxes shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein: (i) imposed by reason of events occurring during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to, a change in the ownership of the Premises, and (ii) levied or assessed on machinery or equipment provided by Lessor to Lessee pursuant to this Lease.

 

10.2  Payment of Taxes. In addition to Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to the Real Property Tax installment due at least 20 days prior to the applicable delinquency date. If any such installment shall cover any period of time prior to or after the expiration or termination of this Lease, Lessee’s share of such installment shall be prorated. In the event Lessee incurs a late charge on any Rent payment, Lessor may estimate the current Real Property Taxes, and require that such taxes be paid in advance to Lessor by Lessee monthly in advance with the payment of the Base Rent. Such monthly payments shall be an amount equal to the amount of the estimated installment of taxes divided by the number of months remaining before the month in which said installment becomes delinquent. When the actual amount of the applicable tax bill is known, the amount of such equal monthly advance payments shall be adjusted as required to provide the funds needed to pay the applicable taxes. If the amount collected by Lessor is insufficient to pay such Real Property Taxes when due, Lessee shall pay Lessor, upon demand, such additional sum as is necessary. Advance payments may be intermingled with other moneys of Lessor and shall not bear interest. In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, then any such advance payments may be treated by Lessor as an additional Security Deposit.

 

10.3  Joint Assessment. If the Premises are not separately assessed, Lessee’s liability shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be conclusively determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available.

 

10.4  Personal Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee Owned Alterations, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within 10 days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

 

11.  Utilities and Services. Lessee shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, trash disposal and other utilities and services supplied to the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such services are not separately metered or billed to Lessee, Lessee shall pay a reasonable proportion, to be determined by Lessor, of all charges jointly metered or billed. There shall be no abatement of rent and Lessor shall not be liable in any respect whatsoever for the inadequacy, stoppage, interruption or discontinuance of any utility or service due to riot, strike, labor dispute, breakdown, accident, repair or other cause beyond Lessor’s reasonable control or in cooperation with governmental request or directions.

 

12.  Assignment and Subletting.

 

12.1  Lessor’s Consent Required.

 

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber (collectively, “assign or assignment” ) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

(b) Unless Lessee is a corporation and its stock is publicly traded on a national stock exchange, a change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of 25% or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

 

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee by an amount greater than 25% of such Net Worth as it was represented at the time of the execution of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, whichever was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease to which Lessor may withhold its consent. “Net Worth of Lessee” shall mean the net worth of Lessee (excluding any guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

PAGE 9 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

 

(d)  An assignment or subletting without consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1(d), or a noncurable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unapproved assignment or subletting as a noncurable Breach, Lessor may either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon 30 days written notice, increase the monthly Base Rent to 110% of the Base Rent then in effect. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to 110% of the price previously in effect, and (ii) all fixed and non-fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased to 110% of the scheduled adjusted rent.

 

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

 

f) Lessor may reasonably withhold consent to a proposed assignment or subletting if Lessee is in Default at the time consent is requested.

 

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, allowing a de minimis portion of the Premises, ie. 20 square feet or less, to be used by a third party vendor in connection with the installation of a vending machine or payphone shall not constitute a subletting.

 

12.2  Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

 

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, no assignment or subletting shall: (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, or (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Rent or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee.

 

(b) Lessor may accept Rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of Rent or performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for Lessee’s Default or Breach.

 

(c) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting.

 

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach by Lessee, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any assignee or sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

 

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a fee of $500 as consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing said request. Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested. (See also Paragraph 36)

 

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment, entering into such sublease, or entering into possession of the Premises or any portion thereof, be deemed to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented to in writing.

 

(g) Lessor’s consent to any assignment or subletting shall not transfer to the assignee or sublessee any Option granted to the original Lessee by this Lease unless such transfer is specifically consented to by Lessor in writing. (See Paragraph 39.2)

 

12.3  Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

 

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all Rent payable on any sublease, and Lessor may collect such Rent and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations, Lessee may collect said Rent. In the event that the amount collected by Lessor exceeds Lessee’s then outstanding obligations any such excess shall be refunded to Lessee. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing or any assignment of such sublease, nor by reason of the collection of Rent, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor all Rent due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such notice from Lessor and shall pay all Rents to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists, notwithstanding any claim from Lessee to the contrary.

 

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee, Lessor may, at its option, require sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any prior Defaults or Breaches of such sublessor.

 

(c) Any matter requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor.

 

(d) No sublessee shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

 

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

 

13.  Default; Breach; Remedies.

 

13.1  Default; Breach. A “Default” is defined as a failure by the Lessee to comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or Rules and Regulations under this Lease. A “Breach” is defined as the occurrence of one or more of the following Defaults, and the failure of Lessee to cure such Default within any applicable grace period:

 

(a) The abandonment of the Premises; or the vacating of the Premises without providing a commercially reasonable level of security, or where the coverage of the property insurance described in Paragraph 8.3 is jeopardized as a result thereof, or without providing reasonable assurances to minimize potential vandalism.

 

(b) The failure of Lessee to make any payment of Rent or any Security Deposit required to be made by Lessee hereunder, whether to Lessor or to a third party, when due, to provide reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond, or to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. THE ACCEPTANCE BY LESSOR OF A PARTIAL PAYMENT OF RENT OR SECURITY DEPOSIT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY OF LESSOR’S RIGHTS, INCLUDING LESSOR’S RIGHT TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

 

PAGE 10 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

  

(c)  The failure of Lessee to allow Lessor and/or its agents access to the Premises or the commission of waste, act or acts constituting public or private nuisance, and/or an illegal activity on the Premises by Lessee, where such actions continue for a period of 3 business days following written notice to Lessee. In the event that Lessee commits waste, a nuisance or an illegal activity a second time then, the Lessor may elect to treat such conduct as a non-curable Breach rather than a Default.

 

(d) The failure by Lessee to provide (i) reasonable written evidence of compliance with Applicable Requirements, (ii) the service contracts, (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting, (iv) an Estoppel Certificate or financial statements, (v) a requested subordination, (vi) evidence concerning any guaranty and/or Guarantor, (vii) any document requested under Paragraph 42, (viii) material safety data sheets (MSDS), or (ix) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this Lease, where any such failure continues for a period of 10 days following written notice to Lessee.

 

(e) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof, other than those described in subparagraphs 13.1(a), (b), (c) or (d), above, where such Default continues for a period of 30 days after written notice; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach if Lessee commences such cure within said 30 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

 

(f) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S.C. §101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within 60 days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within 30 days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within 30 days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this subparagraph is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

 

(g) The discovery that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor given to Lessor was materially false.

 

(h) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory basis, and Lessee’s failure, within 60 days following written notice of any such event, to provide written alternative assurance or security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

 

13.2  Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any of its affirmative duties or obligations, within 10 days after written notice (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may, at its option, perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. Lessee shall pay to Lessor an amount equal to 115% of the costs and expenses incurred by Lessor in such performance upon receipt of an invoice therefor. In the event of a Breach, Lessor may, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach:

 

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of the District within which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover any damages to which Lessor is otherwise entitled. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding any unpaid Rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit. If a notice and grace period required under Paragraph 13.1 was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit given to Lessee under the unlawful detainer statute shall also constitute the notice required by Paragraph 13.1. In such case, the applicable grace period required by Paragraph 13.1 and the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

 

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession and recover the Rent as it becomes due, in which event Lessee may sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet, and/or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interests, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

 

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located. The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

 

13.3  Inducement Recapture. Any agreement for free or abated rent or other charges, the cost of tenant improvements for Lessee paid for or performed by Lessor, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions,” shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. Upon Breach of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this paragraph shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this paragraph unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

 

PAGE 11 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

  

13.4  Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee of Rent will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by any Lender. Accordingly, if any Rent shall not be received by Lessor within 5 days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall immediately pay to Lessor a one-time late charge equal to 10% of each such overdue amount or $100, whichever is greater. The Parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of such late payment. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for 3 consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

 

13.5  Interest. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor, when due shall bear interest from the 31st day after it was due. The interest (“ Interest ”) charged shall be computed at the rate of 10% per annum but shall not exceed the maximum rate allowed by law. Interest is payable in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

 

13.6  Breach by Lessor.

 

(a) Notice of Breach. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Lease unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than 30 days after receipt by Lessor, and any Lender whose name and address shall have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach if performance is commenced within such 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursued to completion.

 

(b) Performance by Lessee on Behalf of Lessor. In the event that neither Lessor nor Lender cures said breach within 30 days after receipt of said notice, or if having commenced said cure they do not diligently pursue it to completion, then Lessee may elect to cure said breach at Lessee’s expense and offset from Rent the actual and reasonable cost to perform such cure, provided, however, that such offset shall not exceed an amount equal to the greater of one month’s Base Rent or the Security Deposit, reserving Lessee’s right to seek reimbursement from Lessor for any such expense in excess of such offset. Lessee shall document the cost of said cure and supply said documentation to Lessor.

 

14.  Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (collectively “Condemnation” ), this Lease shall terminate as to the part taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than 10% of the Building, or more than 25% of that portion of the Premises not occupied by any building, is taken by Condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within 10 days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within 10 days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in proportion to the reduction in utility of the Premises caused by such Condemnation. Condemnation awards and/or payments shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold, the value of the part taken, or for severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation paid by the condemnor for Lessee’s relocation expenses, loss of business goodwill and/or Trade Fixtures, without regard to whether or not this Lease is terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Paragraph. All Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee, for purposes of Condemnation only, shall be considered the property of the Lessee and Lessee shall be entitled to any and all compensation which is payable therefor. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of the Condemnation, Lessor shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by such Condemnation.

 

15.  Brokerage Fees.

 

15.1  Additional Commission. In addition to the payments owed pursuant to Paragraph 1.9 above, Lessor agrees that: (a) if Lessee exercises any Option, (b) if Lessee or anyone affiliated with Lessee acquires any rights to the Premises or other premises owned by Lessor and located within the same Project, if any, within which the Premises is located, (c) if Lessee remains in possession of the Premises, with the consent of Lessor, after the expiration of this Lease, or (d) if Base Rent is increased, whether by agreement or operation of an escalation clause herein, then, Lessor shall pay Brokers a fee in accordance with the fee schedule of the Brokers in effect at the time the Lease was executed.

 

15.2  Assumption of Obligations. Any buyer or transferee of Lessor’s interest in this Lease shall be deemed to have assumed Lessor’s obligation hereunder. Brokers shall be third party beneficiaries of the provisions of Paragraphs 1.9, 15, 22 and 31. If Lessor fails to pay to Brokers any amounts due as and for brokerage fees pertaining to this Lease when due, then such amounts shall accrue Interest. In addition, if Lessor fails to pay any amounts to Lessee’s Broker when due, Lessee’s Broker may send written notice to Lessor and Lessee of such failure and if Lessor fails to pay such amounts within 10 days after said notice, Lessee shall pay said monies to its Broker and offset such amounts against Rent. In addition, Lessee’s Broker shall be deemed to be a third party beneficiary of any commission agreement entered into by and/or between Lessor and Lessor’s Broker for the limited purpose of collecting any brokerage fee owed.

 

15.3  Representations and Indemnities of Broker Relationships. Lessee and Lessor each represent and warrant to the other that it has had no dealings with any person, firm, broker or finder (other than the Brokers, if any) in connection with this Lease, and that no one other than said named Brokers is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection herewith. Lessee and Lessor do each hereby agree to indemnify, protect, defend and hold the other harmless from and against liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings or actions of the indemnifying Party, including any costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred with respect thereto.

 

16.  Estoppel Certificates.

 

(a) Each Party (as “Responding Party” ) shall within 10 days after written notice from the other Party (the “Requesting Party” ) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in form similar to the then most current “Estoppel Certificate” form published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

 

PAGE 12 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

  

(b) If the Responding Party shall fail to execute or deliver the Estoppel Certificate within such 10 day period, the Requesting Party may execute an Estoppel Certificate stating that: (i) the Lease is in full force and effect without modification except as may be represented by the Requesting Party, (ii) there are no uncured defaults in the Requesting Party’s performance, and (iii) if Lessor is the Requesting Party, not more than one month’s rent has been paid in advance. Prospective purchasers and encumbrancers may rely upon the Requesting Party’s Estoppel Certificate, and the Responding Party shall be estopped from denying the truth of the facts contained in said Certificate. In addition, Lessee acknowledges that any failure on its part to provide such an Estoppel Certificate will expose Lessor to risks and potentially cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the extent of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Accordingly, should the Lessee fail to execute and/or deliver a requested Estoppel Certificate in a timely fashion the monthly Base Rent shall be automatically increased, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, by an amount equal to 10% of the then existing Base Rent or $100, whichever is greater for remainder of the Lease. The Parties agree that such increase in Base Rent represents fair and reasonable compensation for the additional risk/costs that Lessor will incur by reason of Lessee’s failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate. Such increase in Base Rent shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to the failure to provide the Estoppel Certificate nor prevent the exercise of any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

 

(c) If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall within 10 days after written notice from Lessor deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past 3 years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

 

17.  Definition of Lessor. The term “Lessor” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises, or, if this is a sublease, of the Lessee’s interest in the prior lease. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor. Upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

 

18.  Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

 

19.  Days. Unless otherwise specifically indicated to the contrary, the word “days” as used in this Lease shall mean and refer to calendar days.

 

20.  Limitation on Liability. The obligations of Lessor under this Lease shall not constitute personal obligations of Lessor or its partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, and Lessee shall look to the Premises, and to no other assets of Lessor, for the satisfaction of any liability of Lessor with respect to this Lease, and shall not seek recourse against Lessor’s partners, members, directors, officers or shareholders, or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

 

21.  Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

 

22.  No Prior or Other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the use, nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party.

 

23.  Notices.

 

23.1  Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease or applicable law shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by courier) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission, or by email, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notices. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for notice. A copy of all notices to Lessor shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate in writing.

 

23.2  Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail the notice shall be deemed given 72 hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given 24 hours after delivery of the same to the Postal Service or courier. Notices delivered by hand, or transmitted by facsimile transmission or by email shall be deemed delivered upon actual receipt. If notice is received on a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

 

24.  Waivers.

 

(a) No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or of any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent.

 

(b) The acceptance of Rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee. Any payment by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

 

(c) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE SHALL GOVERN WITH REGARD TO ALL MATTERS RELATED THERETO AND HEREBY WAIVE THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE TO THE EXTENT THAT SUCH STATUTE IS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS LEASE.

 

25.  Disclosures Regarding The Nature of a Real Estate Agency Relationship.

 

(a) When entering into a discussion with a real estate agent regarding a real estate transaction, a Lessor or Lessee should from the outset understand what type of agency relationship or representation it has with the agent or agents in the transaction. Lessor and Lessee acknowledge being advised by the Brokers in this transaction, as follows:

 

(i)  Lessor’s Agent. A Lessor’s agent under a listing agreement with the Lessor acts as the agent for the Lessor only. A Lessor’s agent or subagent has the following affirmative obligations: To the Lessor: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessor. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

PAGE 13 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

  

(ii)  Lessee’s Agent. An agent can agree to act as agent for the Lessee only. In these situations, the agent is not the Lessor’s agent, even if by agreement the agent may receive compensation for services rendered, either in full or in part from the Lessor. An agent acting only for a Lessee has the following affirmative obligations. To the Lessee: A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty, and loyalty in dealings with the Lessee. To the Lessee and the Lessor: a. Diligent exercise of reasonable skills and care in performance of the agent’s duties. b. A duty of honest and fair dealing and good faith. c. A duty to disclose all facts known to the agent materially affecting the value or desirability of the property that are not known to, or within the diligent attention and observation of, the Parties. An agent is not obligated to reveal to either Party any confidential information obtained from the other Party which does not involve the affirmative duties set forth above.

 

(iii)  Agent Representing Both Lessor and Lessee. A real estate agent, either acting directly or through one or more associate licenses, can legally be the agent of both the Lessor and the Lessee in a transaction, but only with the knowledge and consent of both the Lessor and the Lessee. In a dual agency situation, the agent has the following affirmative obligations to both the Lessor and the Lessee: a. A fiduciary duty of utmost care, integrity, honesty and loyalty in the dealings with either Lessor or the Lessee. b. Other duties to the Lessor and the Lessee as stated above in subparagraphs (i) or (ii). In representing both Lessor and Lessee, the agent may not without the express permission of the respective Party, disclose to the other Party that the Lessor will accept rent in an amount less than that indicated in the listing or that the Lessee is willing to pay a higher rent than that offered. The above duties of the agent in a real estate transaction do not relieve a Lessor or Lessee from the responsibility to protect their own interests. Lessor and Lessee should carefully read all agreements to assure that they adequately express their understanding of the transaction. A real estate agent is a person qualified to advise about real estate. If legal or tax advice is desired, consult a competent professional.

 

(b) Brokers have no responsibility with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. The Parties agree that no lawsuit or other legal proceeding involving any breach of duty, error or omission relating to this Lease may be brought against Broker more than one year after the Start Date and that the liability (including court costs and attorneys’ fees), of any Broker with respect to any such lawsuit and/or legal proceeding shall not exceed the fee received by such Broker pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that the foregoing limitation on each Broker’s liability shall not be applicable to any gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Broker.

 

(c) Lessor and Lessee agree to identify to Brokers as “Confidential” any communication or information given Brokers that is considered by such Party to be confidential.

 

26.  No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over, then the Base Rent shall be increased to 150% of the Base Rent applicable immediately preceding the expiration or termination. Holdover Base Rent shall be calculated on monthly basis. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

 

27.  Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

 

28.  Covenants and Conditions; Construction of Agreement. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions. In construing this Lease, all headings and titles are for the convenience of the Parties only and shall not be considered a part of this Lease. Whenever required by the context, the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. This Lease shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather according to its fair meaning as a whole, as if both Parties had prepared it.

 

29.  Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

 

30.  Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

 

30.1  Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device” ), now or hereafter placed upon the Premises, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the holders of any such Security Devices (in this Lease together referred to as “Lender” ) shall have no liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease. Any Lender may elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device by giving written notice thereof to Lessee, whereupon this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

 

30.2  Attornment . In the event that Lessor transfers title to the Premises, or the Premises are acquired by another upon the foreclosure or termination of a Security Device to which this Lease is subordinated (i) Lessee shall, subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, attorn to such new owner, and upon request, enter into a new lease, containing all of the terms and provisions of this Lease, with such new owner for the remainder of the term hereof, or, at the election of the new owner, this Lease will automatically become a new lease between Lessee and such new owner, and (ii) Lessor shall thereafter be relieved of any further obligations hereunder and such new owner shall assume all of Lessor’s obligations, except that such new owner shall not: (a) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership; (b) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, (c) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent, or (d) be liable for the return of any security deposit paid to any prior lessor which was not paid or credited to such new owner.

 

30.3  Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this Lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement (a “Non-Disturbance Agreement” ) from the Lender which Non-Disturbance Agreement provides that Lessee’s possession of the Premises, and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises. Further, within 60 days after the execution of this Lease, Lessor shall, if requested by Lessee, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the holder of any pre-existing Security Device which is secured by the Premises. In the event that Lessor is unable to provide the Non-Disturbance Agreement within said 60 days, then Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, directly contact Lender and attempt to negotiate for the execution and delivery of a Non-Disturbance Agreement.

 

30.4  Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that, upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any subordination, attornment and/or Non-Disturbance Agreement provided for herein.

 

PAGE 14 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

  

31.  Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding involving the Premises whether founded in tort, contract or equity, or to declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term, “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fees award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. In addition, Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in the preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach ($200 is a reasonable minimum per occurrence for such services and consultation).

 

32.  Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times after reasonable prior notice for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or tenants, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises as Lessor may deem necessary or desirable and the erecting, using and maintaining of utilities, services, pipes and conduits through the Premises and/or other premises as long as there is no material adverse effect to Lessee’s use of the Premises. All such activities shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

 

33.  Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, any auction upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to permit an auction.

 

34.  Signs. Lessor may place on the Premises ordinary “ For Sale ” signs at any time and ordinary “ For Lease ” signs during the last 6 months of the term hereof. Except for ordinary “for sublease” signs, Lessee shall not place any sign upon the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. All signs must comply with all Applicable Requirements.

 

35.  Termination; Merger. Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, that Lessor may elect to continue any one or all existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within 10 days following any such event to elect to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

 

36.  Consents. All requests for consent shall be in writing. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent, including but not limited to consents to an assignment, a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment or subletting shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the imposition by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given. In the event that either Party disagrees with any determination made by the other hereunder and reasonably requests the reasons for such determination, the determining party shall furnish its reasons in writing and in reasonable detail within 10 business days following such request.

 

37.  Guarantor.

 

37.1  Execution. The Guarantors, if any, shall each execute a guaranty in the form most recently published by the AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this Lease.

 

37.2  Default. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee if any Guarantor fails or refuses, upon request to provide: (a) evidence of the execution of the guaranty, including the authority of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf to obligate Guarantor, and in the case of a corporate Guarantor, a certified copy of a resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, (b) current financial statements, (c) an Estoppel Certificate, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

 

38.  Quiet Possession. Subject to payment by Lessee of the Rent and performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession and quiet enjoyment of the Premises during the term hereof.

 

39.  Options. If Lessee is granted any Option, as defined below, then the following provisions shall apply:

 

39.1  Definition. “Option” shall mean: (a) the right to extend or reduce the term of or renew this Lease or to extend or reduce the term of or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal or first offer to lease either the Premises or other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase, the right of first offer to purchase or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises or other property of Lessor.

 

39.2  Options Personal To Original Lessee. Any Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee, and cannot be assigned or exercised by anyone other than said original Lessee and only while the original Lessee is in full possession of the Premises and, if requested by Lessor, with Lessee certifying that Lessee has no intention of thereafter assigning or subletting.

 

39.3  Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later Option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options have been validly exercised.

 

39.4  Effect of Default on Options.

 

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default and continuing until said Default is cured, (ii) during the period of time any Rent is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessee has been given 3 or more notices of separate Default, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option.

 

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a).

 

(c) An Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and prior to the commencement of the extended term or completion of the purchase, (i) Lessee fails to pay Rent for a period of 30 days after such Rent becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof), or (ii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

 

PAGE 15 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

  

40.  Multiple Buildings. If the Premises are a part of a group of buildings controlled by Lessor, Lessee agrees that it will abide by and conform to all reasonable rules and regulations which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, and care of said properties, including the care and cleanliness of the grounds and including the parking, loading and unloading of vehicles, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessee also agrees to pay its fair share of common expenses incurred in connection with such rules and regulations.

 

41.  Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the Rent payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

 

42.  Reservations. Lessor reserves to itself the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights, dedications, maps and restrictions do not unreasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

 

43.  Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay. A Party who does not initiate suit for the recovery of sums paid “under protest” with 6 months shall be deemed to have waived its right to protest such payment.

 

44.  Authority; Multiple Parties; Execution.

 

(a) If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership, or similar entity, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. Each Party shall, within 30 days after request, deliver to the other Party satisfactory evidence of such authority.

 

(b) If this Lease is executed by more than one person or entity as “Lessee”, each such person or entity shall be jointly and severally liable hereunder. It is agreed that any one of the named Lessees shall be empowered to execute any amendment to this Lease, or other document ancillary thereto and bind all of the named Lessees, and Lessor may rely on the same as if all of the named Lessees had executed such document.

 

(c) This Lease may be executed by the Parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

45.  Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

 

46.  Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either Party or their agent and submission of same to the other Party shall not be deemed an offer to lease to the other Party. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

 

47.  Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the Parties in interest at the time of the modification. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by a Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the Premises.

 

48.  Waiver of Jury Trial. THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING INVOLVING THE PROPERTY OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

49.  Arbitration of Disputes. An Addendum requiring the Arbitration of all disputes between the Parties and/or Brokers arising out of this Lease ¨ is þ is not attached to this Lease.

 

50.  Accessibility; Americans with Disabilities Act.

 

(a) The Premises:

 

þ Have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp). Note: A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction-related accessibility standards within the premises.

 

¨ Have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises met all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. Lessee acknowledges that it received a copy of the inspection report at least 48 hours prior to executing this Lease and agrees to keep such report confidential.

 

¨ Have undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) and it was determined that the Premises did not meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to California Civil Code §55.51 et seq. Lessee acknowledges that it received a copy of the inspection report at least 48 hours prior to executing this Lease and agrees to keep such report confidential except as necessary to complete repairs and corrections of violations of construction related accessibility standards.

 

In the event that the Premises have been issued an inspection report by a CASp the Lessor shall provide a copy of the disability access inspection certificate to Lessee within 7 days of the execution of this Lease.

 

(b) Since compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and other state and local accessibility statutes are dependent upon Lessee’s specific use of the Premises, Lessor makes no warranty or representation as to whether or not the Premises comply with ADA or any similar legislation. In the event that Lessee’s use of the Premises requires modifications or additions to the Premises in order to be in compliance with ADA or other accessibility statutes, Lessee agrees to make any such necessary modifications and/or additions at Lessee’s expense.

 

PAGE 16 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

 

ATTENTION: NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY ANY BROKER AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES. THE PARTIES ARE URGED TO:

 

1. SEEK ADVICE OF COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE.

 

2. RETAIN APPROPRIATE CONSULTANTS TO REVIEW AND INVESTIGATE THE CONDITION OF THE PREMISES. SAID INVESTIGATION SHOULD INCLUDE BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO: THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, THE ZONING OF THE PREMISES, THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY, THE CONDITION OF THE ROOF AND OPERATING SYSTEMS, AND THE SUITABILITY OF THE PREMISES FOR LESSEE’S INTENDED USE.

 

WARNING: IF THE PREMISES IS LOCATED IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE LEASE MAY NEED TO BE REVISED TO COMPLY WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE PREMISES IS LOCATED.

 

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at:      Executed at: Arcimoto, Inc.
On:     On: October 18, 2018

 

By LESSOR:   BY LESSEE:
TEJ ENTERPRISES, LLC   ARCIMOTO, INC.
     
       
By: /s/ James Shapiro   By: /s/ Mark Frohnmayer
Name Printed: James Shapiro   Name Printed: Mark Frohnmayer
Title:     Title: CEO
By:     By:  
Address: 1827 Main Street, San Diego, CA 92113   Address: 2034 West 2nd Avenue, Eugene, OR
        97402
Telephone: (619) 239–9251   Telephone: (541) 683–6293
Facsimile: (        )   Facsimile: (        )
Email: mitchell1827@sbcglobal.net   Email:  
Email:     Email:  
Federal ID No. #33–0884649   Federal ID No. 26–1449404

 

BROKER:   BROKER:
CBRE   CBRE
       
Attn: Tim Mills   Attn: Tim Mills
Title: First Vice President   Title: First Vice President
Address: 350 Tenth Ave., San Diego, CA 92101   Address:  
         
Telephone: (619) 696–8355   Telephone: (      )
Facsimile: (      )   Facsimile: (      )
Email:     Email:  
Federal ID No.     Federal ID No.  
Broker/Agent BRE License #: 00785694   Broker/Agent BRE License #:   
         
         

 

NOTICE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and industry needs. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AIR Commercial Real Estate Association, 500 N Brand Blvd, Suite 900, Glendale, CA 91203. Telephone No. (213) 687-8777. Fax No.: (213) 687-8616.

 

© Copyright 2001 - By AIR Commercial Real Estate Association. All rights reserved.

 

No part of these works may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

PAGE 17 OF 17

 

©2001 - AIR COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION FORM STN-26-12/16E

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

ADDENDUM TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL -

SINGLE - TENANT LEASE - NET

 

THIS ADDENDUM TO STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL – SINGLE-TENANT LEASE - NET (“ Addendum ”) is made and entered into by and between TEJ ENTERPRISES, LLC (“ Lessor ”), and ARCIMOTO, LLC (collectively, “ Lessee ”), as of the date set forth on the first page of that certain Standard Industrial/Commercial Lease -Single-Tenant Lease - Net (the “ Lease ”) between Lessor and Lessee to which this Addendum is attached and incorporated. The terms, covenants, and conditions set forth herein are intended to and shall have the same force and effect as if set forth at length in the body of the Lease. To the extent that the provisions of this Addendum are inconsistent with any provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Addendum shall supersede and control. This Addendum, together with the Lease itself and all other exhibits, Riders and Addenda attached thereto represents the full integrated and binding agreement of the parties. All references in the Lease and in this Addendum to “ Lease ” are to be construed to mean the Lease as amended and supplemented by this Addendum. All terms used in this Addendum, unless specifically defined in the Addendum, have the same meaning as ascribed for such terms in the Lease.

 

50. Lessee Alterations shall mean Alterations performed by the Lessee or under its direction. The terms of paragraph 7.3 shall further be subject to the terms of this paragraph 50.

 

50.1 In no event shall Lessor be required to consent to any Lessee Alterations that would in Lessor’s judgement, reasonably exercised: (a) lessen the value of the Premises, (b) adversely affect the proper functioning of any of the mechanical, electrical, sanitary or other service systems of the Premises, (c) affect the structural integrity of the Premises, or (d) increase the premiums payable for insurance for general civil liability or replacement value of the subject property, or otherwise affect the ability to insure the same.

 

50.2 Lessee covenants and agrees that any Lessee Alterations shall be completed free of all liens and encumbrances, and that all contractors, subcontractors and materialmen will be fully paid. Lessee shall indemnify and hold Lessor harmless against any and all loss, damage or liability that Lessor may sustain as a result of any work performed by the Lessee, and against any noncompliance by Lessee with any provision of the Paragraph 50-50.3

 

50.3 Any Lessee Alterations shall be done in a first-class workmanlike manner in accordance with all applicable laws, codes, rules and regulations, and in conformity with (a) the approved plans and specifications described in paragraph 7.3(b) hereof and (b) all other conditions of this Lease.

 

51. Refuse Storage and Removal . All waste and garbage from the Premises shall be placed by Lessee in closed containers and stored by Lessee on the Premises pending removal of same by a private sanitation company arranged and paid for by Lessee. Lessee shall, at its own cost and expense, promptly dispose of all garbage, refuse, ashes and waste arising from the conduct of its business in the Premises, utilizing for such purpose a regularly scheduled trash pick-up company so as to avoid any noxious or offensive smells or odors therefrom. Any and all other safeguards that may be necessary to prevent the accumulation of such garbage or other refuse from becoming a nuisance shall be provided by Lessee at its own cost and expense.

 

 

 

 

52. Lessee understands and acknowledges that lessee, at Lessee’s sole expense, must comply with all building, fire codes and regulations of any kind, required by Lessee’s use.

 

53. Base Monthly Rent and Adjustment Process: On each anniversary of the Commencement Date Base Rent shall be increased by three percent (3.0 %) from the monthly Base Rent in effect for the immediately preceding year. The process described in this paragraph is the “ Adjustment Process ”.

 

54. Lessor acknowledges receipt from Lessee the sum of $18,790.19, $8982.00 representing security deposit, $8982.00 representing Base rent for the period November 1-November 30, 2018, $223.67 representing property taxes, $153.42 representing insurance and $449.10 representing monthly management fees for the period November 1-November 30, 2018.

 

55. Redevelopment Relocation or Termination.

 

55.1 Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Lessee acknowledges and agrees that, throughout the Original Term Lessor shall have the right to remodel, add to, alter or demolish the Building containing the Premises, or any portion thereof or to ground lease or to redevelop the site (collectively, the “ Redevelopment ”), as Lessor may determine in its sole and absolute discretion, provided, that Lessor shall provide Lessee with no less than Three Hundred Sixty Five (365) days prior written notice (the “ Notice Period ”) of the Redevelopment (the “ Redevelopment Notice ”), the Redevelopment Notice to include: (a) whether the Redevelopment will result in the alteration or demolition of the Premises (hereinafter, a “ Terminating Event ”), and (b) in the event of a Terminating Event, (i) the date which the Lease will terminate and Lessee is required to vacate the Premises, which date shall not be less than three hundred sixty five (365) days from the date of Lessee’s receipt of the Redevelopment Notice, (ii) whether Lessor will be providing Lessee with a new premises following the completion of the Redevelopment (a “ New Premises ”), and (iii) in the case where Lessor does offer Lessee a New Premises, the estimated length of time, if any, that Lessee will not be able to operate its business due to the Redevelopment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessor shall be required, in the case in which the Redevelopment contain sufficient space for all lessees in premises undergoing Redevelopment, and in which Redevelopment is not done in concert with or specifically for a new occupant within the redeveloped property, to offer Lessee a New Premises, specifically for a new occupant or use within the redeveloped property, to offer Lessee a New Premises.

 

55.2 In the event of a Redevelopment in which Lessor offers Lessee a New Premises, Lessee shall be under no obligation to accept such offer. Lessee shall notify Lessor of its acceptance or rejection of such offer within ninety (90) days of receipt of the Redevelopment Notice, and to the extent Lessor does not receive such acceptance or rejection during that time, Lessee shall be deemed to have rejected such offer. In the event that Lessee does not accept such offer, then the Lease shall terminate on the date set forth in the Redevelopment Notice.

 

2

 

 

55.3 In the event of a Redevelopment in which Lessor offers Lessee a New Premises Lessor shall offer the New Premises as reasonably similar in size and location to Lessee’s existing Premises as Redevelopment allows, taking into account other obligations to other lessees. The New Premises shall be delivered to Lessee in condition substantially similar to that existing prior to Redevelopment, exclusive only of Lessee’s furniture, fixtures and equipment. Lessor and Lessee agree that the Lease shall be amended to reflect the new square footage for the New Premises and the new Base Rent, which Base Rent shall be consistent with rents of similar spaces in the immediate vicinity, as adjusted for specifics of the New Premises, and that all other terms of the Lease shall otherwise remain in full force and effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Base Rent under the lease for the New Premises shall be abated during the period that Lessee is installing its fixtures and equipment in the New Premises following delivery of same by Lessor, which period shall in no case be longer than sixty (60) days beyond Lessor’s delivery of the New Premises to Lessee in the condition required by this paragraph.

 

55.4 In connection with all of the foregoing in this Section 55, Lessor and Lessee agree to cooperate with the other in every reasonable way in carrying out the terms and provisions regarding the relocation contemplated herein, and in delivering all documents and instructions deemed reasonably necessary or useful by both parties

 

56. CASP Inspection . The Premises has not undergone an inspection by a certified access specialist.

 

Signed:  /s/ Mark Frohnmayer   Date: 10/23/18
  Mark Frohnmayer    

 

 

3

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

 

1) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-222090) pertaining to Arcimoto, Inc. Second Amendment and Restated 2012 Employee Stock Benefit Plan and the Amended and Restated 2015 Stock Incentive Plan,

 

2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-225961) pertaining to Arcimoto, Inc. 2018 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan;

 

of our report dated March 29, 2019 with respect to the financial statements of Arcimoto, Inc. which appear in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

/s/ dbb mckennon

 

Newport Beach, California

March 29, 2019

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Mark Frohnmayer, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Arcimoto, Inc. (the registrant);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) (Paragraph omitted pursuant to SEC Release Nos. 33-8238/34-47986 and 33-8392/34-49313);

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 29, 2019 By: /s/ Mark Frohnmayer
    Mark Frohnmayer
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Douglas M. Campoli, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Arcimoto, Inc. (the registrant);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b) (Paragraph omitted pursuant to SEC Release Nos. 33-8238/34-47986 and 33-8392/34-49313);

 

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 29, 2019 By: /s/ Douglas M. Campoli
    Douglas M. Campoli
    Chief Financial Officer

 

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In accordance with 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Mark Frohnmayer, President and Chief Executive Officer of Arcimoto, Inc. (the “registrant”), and Douglas M. Campoli, Chief Financial Officer of the registrant, each hereby certifies that, to the best of their knowledge:

 

1. The registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2018, to which this Certification is attached as Exhibit 32.1 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition of the registrant at the end of the period covered by the Report and results of operations of the registrant for the periods covered by the Report.

 

Date: March 29, 2019 By: /s/ Mark Frohnmayer
    Mark Frohnmayer
    President and Chief Executive Officer
     
    /s/ Douglas M. Campoli
    Douglas M. Campoli
    Chief Financial Officer